1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1993-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
6 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
7 <mark@codesourcery.com>
8 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
9 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
11 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
13 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
14 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
15 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
16 (at your option) any later version.
18 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
19 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
20 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
21 GNU General Public License for more details.
23 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
24 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
25 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
26 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
34 #include "libiberty.h"
36 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
41 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
43 #include "coff/symconst.h"
44 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
45 #include "coff/mips.h"
49 /* Types of TLS GOT entry. */
50 enum mips_got_tls_type
{
57 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
58 There are four types of entry:
60 (1) an absolute address
61 requires: abfd == NULL
64 (2) a SYMBOL + OFFSET address, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
65 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0, tls_type != GOT_TLS_LDM
66 fields: abfd, symndx, d.addend, tls_type
68 (3) a SYMBOL address, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
69 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == -1
73 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == 0, tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM
74 fields: none; there's only one of these per GOT. */
77 /* One input bfd that needs the GOT entry. */
79 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
80 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
84 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
86 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
87 that should be added to the symbol value. */
89 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
90 corresponding to a symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
91 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
92 otherwise it is in the global area. */
93 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
96 /* The TLS type of this GOT entry. An LDM GOT entry will be a local
97 symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
98 unsigned char tls_type
;
100 /* True if we have filled in the GOT contents for a TLS entry,
101 and created the associated relocations. */
102 unsigned char tls_initialized
;
104 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
105 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
106 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
110 /* This structure represents a GOT page reference from an input bfd.
111 Each instance represents a symbol + ADDEND, where the representation
112 of the symbol depends on whether it is local to the input bfd.
113 If it is, then SYMNDX >= 0, and the symbol has index SYMNDX in U.ABFD.
114 Otherwise, SYMNDX < 0 and U.H points to the symbol's hash table entry.
116 Page references with SYMNDX >= 0 always become page references
117 in the output. Page references with SYMNDX < 0 only become page
118 references if the symbol binds locally; in other cases, the page
119 reference decays to a global GOT reference. */
120 struct mips_got_page_ref
125 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
131 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
132 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
134 struct mips_got_page_range
136 struct mips_got_page_range
*next
;
137 bfd_signed_vma min_addend
;
138 bfd_signed_vma max_addend
;
141 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
142 relocations against a given section. */
143 struct mips_got_page_entry
145 /* The section that these entries are based on. */
147 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
148 struct mips_got_page_range
*ranges
;
149 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
153 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
157 /* The number of global .got entries. */
158 unsigned int global_gotno
;
159 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
160 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno
;
161 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
162 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
163 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
164 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
165 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
166 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
167 unsigned int local_gotno
;
168 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
169 unsigned int page_gotno
;
170 /* The number of relocations needed for the GOT entries. */
172 /* The first unused local .got entry. */
173 unsigned int assigned_low_gotno
;
174 /* The last unused local .got entry. */
175 unsigned int assigned_high_gotno
;
176 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
177 struct htab
*got_entries
;
178 /* A hash table holding mips_got_page_ref structures. */
179 struct htab
*got_page_refs
;
180 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
181 struct htab
*got_page_entries
;
182 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
183 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
184 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
187 /* Structure passed when merging bfds' gots. */
189 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
191 /* The output bfd. */
193 /* The link information. */
194 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
195 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
196 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
198 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
199 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
201 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
202 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
204 unsigned int max_count
;
205 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
206 unsigned int max_pages
;
207 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
208 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
209 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
211 unsigned int global_count
;
214 /* A structure used to pass information to htab_traverse callbacks
215 when laying out the GOT. */
217 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
219 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
220 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
224 struct _mips_elf_section_data
226 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
233 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
234 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
236 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
237 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
238 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
239 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
241 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
242 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
243 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
244 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
245 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
246 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
248 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
249 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
250 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
251 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
252 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
255 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
256 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
257 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
259 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
262 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
263 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
266 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
268 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
272 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
274 to a separate trampoline section.
276 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
277 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
278 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
279 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
{
280 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
281 asection
*stub_section
;
283 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
286 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
287 in H->root.root.u.def. */
288 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
291 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
293 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
294 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
295 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
296 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
297 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
298 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
299 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
300 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
301 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
303 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
304 the dynamic symbols. */
306 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
308 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
310 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
311 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
312 symbol with a GOT entry. */
313 long min_got_dynindx
;
314 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
315 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
316 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
317 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
318 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
319 symbol without a GOT entry. */
320 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
323 /* We make up to two PLT entries if needed, one for standard MIPS code
324 and one for compressed code, either a MIPS16 or microMIPS one. We
325 keep a separate record of traditional lazy-binding stubs, for easier
330 /* Traditional SVR4 stub offset, or -1 if none. */
333 /* Standard PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
336 /* Compressed PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
339 /* The corresponding .got.plt index, or -1 if none. */
340 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
342 /* Whether we need a standard PLT entry. */
343 unsigned int need_mips
: 1;
345 /* Whether we need a compressed PLT entry. */
346 unsigned int need_comp
: 1;
349 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
350 the global hash table. */
352 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
354 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
356 /* External symbol information. */
359 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
360 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*la25_stub
;
362 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
364 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
366 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
367 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
370 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
371 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
374 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
375 being called returns a floating point value. */
376 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
378 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
379 unsigned int global_got_area
: 2;
381 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
382 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
383 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
384 unsigned int got_only_for_calls
: 1;
386 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
387 is against a readonly section. */
388 unsigned int readonly_reloc
: 1;
390 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
391 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
392 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
393 unsigned int has_static_relocs
: 1;
395 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
396 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
397 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
398 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
399 unsigned int no_fn_stub
: 1;
401 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
402 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
403 unsigned int need_fn_stub
: 1;
405 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
406 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
407 la25 stub is required. */
408 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches
: 1;
410 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
411 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
412 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub
: 1;
414 /* Does this symbol resolve to a PLT entry? */
415 unsigned int use_plt_entry
: 1;
418 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
420 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
422 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
424 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
425 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
427 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
428 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
430 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry
431 is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */
432 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
434 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
435 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rld_symbol
;
437 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
438 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
440 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
441 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs
;
443 /* True if we can only use 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
446 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
447 bfd_boolean is_vxworks
;
449 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
450 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported
;
452 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
463 /* The master GOT information. */
464 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
466 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
468 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
470 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
471 bfd_vma plt_header_size
;
473 /* The size of a standard PLT entry in bytes. */
474 bfd_vma plt_mips_entry_size
;
476 /* The size of a compressed PLT entry in bytes. */
477 bfd_vma plt_comp_entry_size
;
479 /* The offset of the next standard PLT entry to create. */
480 bfd_vma plt_mips_offset
;
482 /* The offset of the next compressed PLT entry to create. */
483 bfd_vma plt_comp_offset
;
485 /* The index of the next .got.plt entry to create. */
486 bfd_vma plt_got_index
;
488 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
489 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count
;
491 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
492 bfd_vma function_stub_size
;
494 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
495 unsigned int reserved_gotno
;
497 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
498 See the comment above that structure for details. */
499 asection
*strampoline
;
501 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
505 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
506 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
507 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
508 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
510 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
512 asection
*(*add_stub_section
) (const char *, asection
*, asection
*);
514 /* Small local sym cache. */
515 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
517 /* Is the PLT header compressed? */
518 unsigned int plt_header_is_comp
: 1;
521 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
523 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
524 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
525 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
527 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
528 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
530 /* The usual link-wide information. */
531 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
534 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
538 /* MIPS ELF private object data. */
540 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
542 /* Generic ELF private object data. */
543 struct elf_obj_tdata root
;
545 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */
548 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attribute for output. */
551 /* The abiflags for this object. */
552 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
553 bfd_boolean abiflags_valid
;
555 /* The GOT requirements of input bfds. */
556 struct mips_got_info
*got
;
558 /* Used by _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line. The structure could be
559 included directly in this one, but there's no point to wasting
560 the memory just for the infrequently called find_nearest_line. */
561 struct mips_elf_find_line
*find_line_info
;
563 /* An array of stub sections indexed by symbol number. */
564 asection
**local_stubs
;
565 asection
**local_call_stubs
;
567 /* The Irix 5 support uses two virtual sections, which represent
568 text/data symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
569 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
570 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
571 asection
*elf_data_section
;
572 asection
*elf_text_section
;
575 /* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */
577 #define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \
578 ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
580 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
581 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
582 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
583 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
584 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
585 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
586 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
587 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
588 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
589 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
590 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
591 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
592 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
593 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
594 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
595 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
596 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
597 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
598 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
599 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
600 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
601 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
602 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
603 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
604 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
605 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
606 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
607 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
609 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
614 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
615 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
616 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
620 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
622 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
625 "_procedure_string_table",
626 "_procedure_table_size",
630 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
635 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
636 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
637 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
638 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
639 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
640 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
649 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
650 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
651 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
655 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
656 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
657 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
658 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
659 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
660 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
665 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
666 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
667 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
668 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
669 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
677 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
683 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
685 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
687 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
688 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
689 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
690 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
691 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
692 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
693 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
694 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
696 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
697 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
698 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
699 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
700 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
702 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
703 has different meaning for each type:
706 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
707 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
708 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
709 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
712 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
713 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
714 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
715 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
717 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
718 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
719 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
720 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
722 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
723 loader for use by the static exception system. */
725 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
726 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
727 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
728 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
729 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
730 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
731 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
732 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
733 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
734 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
736 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
738 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
739 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
741 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
742 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
, unsigned long,
743 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
744 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
745 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
746 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
748 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
749 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
750 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
751 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
752 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
753 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
755 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
756 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
758 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
759 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
760 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
761 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
762 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
764 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
765 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
766 for RM9000 for now. */
767 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
768 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
770 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
771 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
773 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
775 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
776 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
778 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
780 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
781 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
782 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
784 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the O32 ABI. */
785 #define ABI_O32_P(abfd) \
786 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
788 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
789 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
790 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
792 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
793 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
794 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
796 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
797 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
799 /* Nonzero if ABFD has microMIPS code. */
800 #define MICROMIPS_P(abfd) \
801 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS) != 0)
803 /* Nonzero if ABFD is MIPS R6. */
804 #define MIPSR6_P(abfd) \
805 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6 \
806 || (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6)
808 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
809 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
810 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
812 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
813 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
814 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
816 /* The name of the options section. */
817 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
818 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
820 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
821 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
822 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
823 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
825 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS section. */
826 #define MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
827 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
829 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
830 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
831 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
832 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
834 /* The name of the stub section. */
835 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
837 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
838 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
839 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
841 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
842 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
843 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
845 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
846 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
847 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
849 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
850 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
851 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
853 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
854 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
855 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
857 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
858 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
859 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
861 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
862 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
863 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
865 /* Get word-sized data. */
866 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
867 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
869 /* Put out word-sized data. */
870 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
872 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
873 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
875 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
876 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
877 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
879 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
880 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
881 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
883 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
884 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
886 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
887 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
888 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
890 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
891 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
892 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
893 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
895 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
896 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
898 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
899 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
901 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
902 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
903 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
905 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
907 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
909 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
910 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
912 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
913 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
914 #define STUB_MOVE 0x03e07825 /* or t7,ra,zero */
915 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
916 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
917 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
918 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
919 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
921 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
922 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
924 /* Likewise for the microMIPS ASE. */
925 #define STUB_LW_MICROMIPS(abfd) \
927 ? 0xdf3c8010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
928 : 0xff3c8010) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
929 #define STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS 0x0dff /* move t7,ra */
930 #define STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS 0x001f7a90 /* or t7,ra,zero */
931 #define STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
932 (0x41b80000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
933 #define STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS 0x45d9 /* jalr t9 */
934 #define STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS 0x03f90f3c /* jalr ra,t9 */
935 #define STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
936 (0x53180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
937 #define STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
938 (0x53000000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
939 #define STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS(abfd, VAL) \
941 ? 0x5f000000 + (VAL) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
942 : 0x33000000 + (VAL)) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
944 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
945 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
946 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 12
947 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 16
948 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
949 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
951 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
954 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
955 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
956 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
957 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
960 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
961 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
962 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
963 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
964 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
965 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
966 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
967 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
969 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
970 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
972 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
974 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
975 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
978 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
979 floating point arguments.
981 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
982 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
983 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
984 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
985 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
986 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
987 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
988 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
990 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
991 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
992 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
993 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
994 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
995 stub should be discarded.
997 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
998 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
999 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
1000 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
1001 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
1002 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
1003 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
1006 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
1007 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
1008 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
1010 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
1012 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
1013 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
1014 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
1016 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
1017 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
1018 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
1020 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
1021 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1023 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1024 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1025 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1026 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1027 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1028 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1029 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1030 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1033 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
1034 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
1035 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1037 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1038 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1039 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1040 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1041 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1042 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1043 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1044 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1047 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
1048 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
1049 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1051 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1052 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1053 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1054 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1055 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1056 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
1057 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1058 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1061 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable.
1062 We rely on v0 ($2) rather than t8 ($24) to contain the address
1063 of the GOTPLT entry handled, so this stub may only be used when
1064 all the subsequent PLT entries are microMIPS code too.
1066 The trailing NOP is for alignment and correct disassembly only. */
1067 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1069 0x7980, 0x0000, /* addiupc $3, (&GOTPLT[0]) - . */
1070 0xff23, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($3) */
1071 0x0535, /* subu $2, $2, $3 */
1072 0x2525, /* srl $2, $2, 2 */
1073 0x3302, 0xfffe, /* subu $24, $2, 2 */
1074 0x0dff, /* move $15, $31 */
1075 0x45f9, /* jalrs $25 */
1076 0x0f83, /* move $28, $3 */
1080 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable
1081 in the insn32 mode. */
1082 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1084 0x41bc, 0x0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1085 0xff3c, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1086 0x339c, 0x0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1087 0x0398, 0xc1d0, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1088 0x001f, 0x7a90, /* or $15, $31, zero */
1089 0x0318, 0x1040, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1090 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, /* jalr $25 */
1091 0x3318, 0xfffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1094 /* The format of subsequent standard PLT entries. */
1095 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1097 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1098 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1099 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1100 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
1103 /* In the following PLT entry the JR and ADDIU instructions will
1104 be swapped in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol because
1105 LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P will be true for MIPS R6. */
1106 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1108 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1109 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1110 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1111 0x03200009 /* jr $25 */
1114 /* The format of subsequent MIPS16 o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1115 and v1 ($3) as temporaries because t8 ($24) and t9 ($25) are not
1116 directly addressable. */
1117 static const bfd_vma mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1119 0xb203, /* lw $2, 12($pc) */
1120 0x9a60, /* lw $3, 0($2) */
1121 0x651a, /* move $24, $2 */
1123 0x653b, /* move $25, $3 */
1125 0x0000, 0x0000 /* .word (.got.plt entry) */
1128 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1129 as a temporary because t8 ($24) is not addressable with ADDIUPC. */
1130 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1132 0x7900, 0x0000, /* addiupc $2, (.got.plt entry) - . */
1133 0xff22, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($2) */
1134 0x4599, /* jr $25 */
1135 0x0f02 /* move $24, $2 */
1138 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries in the insn32 mode. */
1139 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1141 0x41af, 0x0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1142 0xff2f, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1143 0x0019, 0x0f3c, /* jr $25 */
1144 0x330f, 0x0000 /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1147 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
1148 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1150 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1151 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1152 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
1153 0x00000000, /* nop */
1154 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1155 0x00000000 /* nop */
1158 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1159 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1161 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1162 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1163 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
1164 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
1165 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
1166 0x00000000, /* nop */
1167 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1168 0x00000000 /* nop */
1171 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
1172 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[] =
1174 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
1175 0x00000000, /* nop */
1176 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1177 0x00000000, /* nop */
1178 0x00000000, /* nop */
1179 0x00000000 /* nop */
1182 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1183 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
[] =
1185 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1186 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1189 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
1192 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma opcode
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1194 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (opcode
>> 16) & 0xffff, ptr
);
1195 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, opcode
& 0xffff, ptr
+ 2);
1198 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
1201 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1203 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 2);
1206 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1208 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1209 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1210 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1213 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1215 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1216 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1218 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1221 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1222 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1224 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1225 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1228 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1230 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1231 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1233 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
1237 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1239 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1240 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1242 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
1245 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1247 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1248 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1249 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
1251 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
1252 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1254 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1257 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
1259 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1261 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1262 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1263 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
1267 /* Set local fields. */
1268 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
1269 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1270 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1273 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
1274 ret
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
1275 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
1276 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
1277 ret
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
1278 ret
->got_only_for_calls
= TRUE
;
1279 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
1280 ret
->has_static_relocs
= FALSE
;
1281 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1282 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1283 ret
->has_nonpic_branches
= FALSE
;
1284 ret
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
1285 ret
->use_plt_entry
= FALSE
;
1288 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1291 /* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */
1294 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1296 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
),
1301 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1303 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
1305 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
1306 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
1308 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1311 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
1314 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
1317 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1318 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1321 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
1322 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1325 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1328 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1329 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
1331 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
1332 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
1335 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
1336 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
1339 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1340 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
1342 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1344 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1345 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1346 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1349 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1350 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1351 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1352 goto error_return; \
1353 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1354 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1355 goto error_return; \
1358 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1359 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
1360 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
1361 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
1362 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
1363 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
1365 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1366 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1367 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
1368 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
1369 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
1377 if (ext_hdr
!= NULL
)
1379 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
1381 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
1382 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
1383 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
1384 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
1385 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
1386 free (debug
->external_sym
);
1387 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
1388 free (debug
->external_opt
);
1389 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
1390 free (debug
->external_aux
);
1391 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
1393 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
1394 free (debug
->ssext
);
1395 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
1396 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
1397 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
1398 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
1399 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
1400 free (debug
->external_ext
);
1404 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1407 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
1409 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
1410 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
1411 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
1412 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
1413 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
1414 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
1416 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
1417 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
1419 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
1422 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1425 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
1426 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
1427 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1429 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1430 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1432 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
1434 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
1435 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
1439 bfd_size_type count
;
1440 unsigned long sindex
;
1444 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
1452 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1454 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1455 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1458 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
1460 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1464 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
1467 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
1468 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1472 size
= sizeof (char *);
1473 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1477 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
1478 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
1479 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1483 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
1486 count
= hdr
->issMax
;
1487 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
1490 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
1493 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1494 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
1496 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
1497 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
1498 rp
->adr
= sym
.value
;
1499 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
1500 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
1501 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
1502 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
1503 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
1504 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
1505 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
1507 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
1508 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1512 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
1513 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
1514 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1517 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
1521 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
1524 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
1526 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
1527 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
1528 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1529 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1531 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
1532 strcpy (str
, sv
[i
]);
1533 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1535 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
1537 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1539 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
1541 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1542 matters, but someday it might). */
1543 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
1572 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1573 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1576 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1577 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1578 const char *prefix
, asection
*s
, bfd_vma value
,
1581 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
);
1582 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1583 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1590 /* Create a new symbol. */
1591 name
= concat (prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
);
1593 res
= _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1594 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1600 /* Make it a local function. */
1601 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1602 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FUNC
);
1604 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1606 elfh
->other
= ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfh
->other
);
1610 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1611 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1615 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1616 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1619 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1620 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1626 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1627 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1628 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
1629 s
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1630 value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1632 /* Create a new symbol. */
1633 name
= concat (prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
);
1635 res
= _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1636 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1642 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1643 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1644 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (h
->root
.type
));
1645 elfh
->other
= h
->root
.other
;
1646 elfh
->size
= h
->root
.size
;
1647 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1651 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1652 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1655 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection
*section
)
1659 name
= bfd_get_section_name (section
->owner
, section
);
1660 return (FN_STUB_P (name
)
1661 || CALL_STUB_P (name
)
1662 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
)
1663 || strcmp (name
, ".pdr") == 0);
1666 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1667 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1668 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1670 static unsigned long
1671 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
1672 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1673 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
1674 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
1676 int int_rels_per_ext_rel
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
1677 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
1679 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1680 one in a compound relocation. */
1681 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
+= int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
1682 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
) == R_MIPS_NONE
)
1683 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
);
1685 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1686 the traditional behavior. */
1687 if (relocs
< relend
)
1688 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, relocs
->r_info
);
1693 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1697 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1698 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1700 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1701 objects try to call them. */
1702 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1703 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
1705 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info
, h
, ".mips16.");
1706 h
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
1709 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1710 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1712 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1713 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1714 being included in the link. */
1715 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1716 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1717 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1718 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1719 h
->fn_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1722 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1723 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1725 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1726 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1727 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1728 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1729 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1730 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1731 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1732 h
->call_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1735 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1736 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1738 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1739 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1740 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1741 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1742 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1743 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1744 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1745 h
->call_fp_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1749 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1752 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_
)
1754 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry
;
1756 entry
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry_
;
1757 return entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->id
1758 + entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1762 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
1764 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry1
, *entry2
;
1766 entry1
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry1_
;
1767 entry2
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry2_
;
1768 return ((entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
1769 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1770 && (entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1771 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
));
1774 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1775 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1779 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1780 asection
*(*fn
) (const char *, asection
*,
1783 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1785 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1789 htab
->add_stub_section
= fn
;
1790 htab
->la25_stubs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash
,
1791 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq
, NULL
);
1792 if (htab
->la25_stubs
== NULL
)
1798 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1799 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1800 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1801 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1802 entry points are of interest here. */
1805 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1807 return ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1808 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1809 && h
->root
.def_regular
1810 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1811 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
)
1812 || (h
->fn_stub
&& h
->need_fn_stub
))
1813 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
1814 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
)));
1817 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1818 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1821 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1824 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
1826 BFD_ASSERT (stub
->h
->need_fn_stub
);
1827 *sec
= stub
->h
->fn_stub
;
1832 *sec
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1833 return stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1837 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1838 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1839 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1842 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1843 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1845 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1847 asection
*s
, *input_section
;
1850 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1854 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1855 name
= bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1858 sprintf (name
, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab
->la25_stubs
));
1860 /* Create the section. */
1861 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &input_section
);
1862 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (name
, input_section
,
1863 input_section
->output_section
);
1867 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1868 align
= input_section
->alignment_power
;
1869 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, align
))
1872 s
->size
= (1 << align
) - 8;
1874 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1875 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 8);
1876 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1877 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1879 /* Allocate room for it. */
1884 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1885 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1886 the function symbol to it. */
1889 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1890 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1892 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1895 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1899 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1900 s
= htab
->strampoline
;
1903 asection
*input_section
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1904 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (".text", NULL
,
1905 input_section
->output_section
);
1906 if (s
== NULL
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, 4))
1908 htab
->strampoline
= s
;
1911 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1912 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 16);
1913 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1914 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1916 /* Allocate room for it. */
1921 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1922 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1925 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1926 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1928 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1929 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search
, *stub
;
1930 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p
;
1935 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1936 search
.stub_section
= NULL
;
1940 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1941 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1945 slot
= htab_find_slot (htab
->la25_stubs
, &search
, INSERT
);
1949 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
1952 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
1953 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1957 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
1958 stub
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (search
));
1964 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1965 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
1966 value
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
1967 use_trampoline_p
= (value
!= 0 || s
->alignment_power
> 4);
1969 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1970 return (use_trampoline_p
1971 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub
, info
)
1972 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub
, info
));
1975 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1976 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
1979 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1981 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
1983 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
1984 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (hti
->info
))
1985 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti
->info
, h
);
1987 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h
))
1989 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
1990 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
1991 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
))
1994 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1995 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1996 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
1997 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
1999 if (bfd_link_relocatable (hti
->info
))
2001 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti
->output_bfd
))
2002 h
->root
.other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
);
2004 else if (h
->has_nonpic_branches
&& !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti
->info
, h
))
2013 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
2014 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
2017 The format of these instructions is:
2019 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2020 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
2021 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2023 +-----------------------------------------------+
2025 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
2026 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
2028 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
2029 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
2030 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
2031 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
2032 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
2033 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
2034 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
2035 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
2036 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
2037 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
2040 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
2041 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
2042 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
2043 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
2044 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
2045 value as two 16-bit values.
2047 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
2051 +--------+----------------------+
2055 +--------+----------------------+
2058 +----------+------+-------------+
2062 +----------+--------------------+
2063 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
2064 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
2066 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
2067 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2068 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
2069 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2070 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
2072 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
2073 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
2074 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
2077 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
2078 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
2079 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
2080 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
2081 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
2083 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
2085 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2086 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
2087 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2088 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
2089 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2091 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
2094 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
2095 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
2096 little-endian system.
2098 Finally R_MIPS16_PC16_S1 corresponds to R_MIPS_PC16, however the
2099 relocatable field is shifted by 1 rather than 2 and the same bit
2100 shuffling is done as with the relocations above. */
2102 static inline bfd_boolean
2103 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2108 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
2109 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
2110 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
2113 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
2114 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
2115 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
2116 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
2117 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
2118 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
2119 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
2120 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
2128 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
2130 static inline bfd_boolean
2131 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2133 return r_type
>= R_MICROMIPS_min
&& r_type
< R_MICROMIPS_max
;
2136 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
2137 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2138 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
2140 static inline bfd_boolean
2141 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2143 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
2144 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2145 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
2148 static inline bfd_boolean
2149 got16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2151 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
2152 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
2153 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
);
2156 static inline bfd_boolean
2157 call16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2159 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
2160 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
2161 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
);
2164 static inline bfd_boolean
2165 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2167 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
;
2170 static inline bfd_boolean
2171 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2173 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
;
2176 static inline bfd_boolean
2177 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2179 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
;
2182 static inline bfd_boolean
2183 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2185 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
;
2188 static inline bfd_boolean
2189 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2191 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
;
2194 static inline bfd_boolean
2195 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2197 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
2198 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
2199 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
2200 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
);
2203 static inline bfd_boolean
2204 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2206 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_LO16
2207 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
2208 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
2209 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCLO16
);
2212 static inline bfd_boolean
2213 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2215 return r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
;
2218 static inline bfd_boolean
2219 jal_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2221 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2222 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2223 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
);
2226 static inline bfd_boolean
2227 b_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2229 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC26_S2
2230 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC21_S2
2231 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
2232 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
2233 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
2234 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2235 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2236 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2239 static inline bfd_boolean
2240 aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2242 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC18_S3
2243 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC19_S2
);
2246 static inline bfd_boolean
2247 branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2249 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2250 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC26_S2
2251 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC21_S2
2252 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
2253 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
);
2256 static inline bfd_boolean
2257 mips16_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2259 return (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2260 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
);
2263 static inline bfd_boolean
2264 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2266 return (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2267 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2268 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2269 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2272 static inline bfd_boolean
2273 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2275 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2276 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2277 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
);
2280 static inline bfd_boolean
2281 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2283 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2284 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2285 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2288 static inline bfd_boolean
2289 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2291 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2292 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2293 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
);
2297 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2298 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2300 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2302 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2305 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2306 first
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
2307 second
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
2308 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2309 val
= first
<< 16 | second
;
2310 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2311 val
= (((first
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((second
& 0xffe0) << 11)
2312 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 11) | (first
& 0x7e0) | (second
& 0x1f));
2314 val
= (((first
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first
& 0x3e0) << 11)
2315 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 21) | second
);
2316 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
2320 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2321 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2323 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2325 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2328 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
2329 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2331 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2334 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2336 second
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
2337 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
2341 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2342 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
2343 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
2345 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, second
, data
+ 2);
2346 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, first
, data
);
2349 bfd_reloc_status_type
2350 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2351 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
2352 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
2356 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2358 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
2361 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
2363 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2364 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2366 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2367 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2369 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2370 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2372 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
2374 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2375 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2376 an external symbol. */
2378 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2379 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
2381 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2383 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2385 + reloc_entry
->address
);
2386 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2390 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
2393 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2395 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2398 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2399 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2400 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2405 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
2407 asection
*input_section
;
2411 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2413 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
2415 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2416 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2417 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2419 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2420 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2421 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2422 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2424 bfd_reloc_status_type
2425 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2426 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
2427 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2428 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2430 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
2432 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2433 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2435 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
2437 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2439 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
2441 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
2442 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
2445 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
2446 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2448 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2451 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2452 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2453 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2455 bfd_reloc_status_type
2456 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2457 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2458 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2460 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
2461 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
2462 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
2463 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2464 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2465 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2468 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2469 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
2472 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2473 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2474 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2476 bfd_reloc_status_type
2477 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2478 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2479 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2482 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2484 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2485 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2487 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2489 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
2490 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2493 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
2495 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
2496 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
2498 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
2500 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2501 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2502 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2503 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2504 has a rightshift of 0. */
2505 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
2506 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2507 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
)
2508 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS16_HI16
, FALSE
);
2509 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
)
2510 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MICROMIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2512 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2513 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2514 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2516 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
2517 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
2519 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2522 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
2526 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2527 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2531 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2532 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2533 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2535 bfd_reloc_status_type
2536 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2537 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2538 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2539 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2542 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2543 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
2545 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
2547 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2548 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2550 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2552 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2554 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2555 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2556 offset or address. */
2557 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2558 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2563 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2564 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2565 val
+= symbol
->value
;
2566 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
2568 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
2569 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
2570 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
2574 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2575 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2576 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2577 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2578 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2579 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
2582 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2584 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2585 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2587 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2588 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2590 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2592 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2595 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2600 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2602 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2605 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2606 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2609 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
2612 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2613 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2617 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
2618 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
2620 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2621 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2625 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
2626 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
2628 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
2629 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
2630 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
2631 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
2632 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
2633 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
2637 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
2638 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
2642 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
2643 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
2644 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
2645 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
2646 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
2647 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
2648 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
2651 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2652 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2653 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2656 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2659 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2660 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2661 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2662 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2663 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2664 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2668 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
2669 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2671 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2672 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2673 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2674 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2675 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2676 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2679 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2680 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2681 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2682 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2683 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2686 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2687 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
2689 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2690 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2691 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2692 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2693 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2694 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2695 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2699 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
2700 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2702 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2703 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2704 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2705 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2706 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2707 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2708 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2711 /* Swap in an options header. */
2714 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
2715 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
2717 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
2718 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
2719 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
2720 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
2723 /* Swap out an options header. */
2726 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
2727 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
2729 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
2730 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
2731 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
2732 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
2735 /* Swap in an abiflags structure. */
2738 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (bfd
*abfd
,
2739 const Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
,
2740 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
)
2742 in
->version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->version
);
2743 in
->isa_level
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_level
);
2744 in
->isa_rev
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2745 in
->gpr_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2746 in
->cpr1_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2747 in
->cpr2_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2748 in
->fp_abi
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2749 in
->isa_ext
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2750 in
->ases
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ases
);
2751 in
->flags1
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags1
);
2752 in
->flags2
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags2
);
2755 /* Swap out an abiflags structure. */
2758 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (bfd
*abfd
,
2759 const Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
,
2760 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
)
2762 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->version
, ex
->version
);
2763 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_level
, ex
->isa_level
);
2764 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_rev
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2765 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->gpr_size
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2766 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr1_size
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2767 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr2_size
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2768 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->fp_abi
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2769 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->isa_ext
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2770 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ases
, ex
->ases
);
2771 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags1
, ex
->flags1
);
2772 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags2
, ex
->flags2
);
2775 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2776 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2779 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
2781 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
2782 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
2785 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
2786 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
2788 diff
= ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
2792 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
< int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2794 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
> int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2799 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2802 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2803 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2806 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
2807 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
2809 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2810 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
2811 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2812 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
2814 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2816 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2819 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
< int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2821 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
> int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2830 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2831 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2832 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2833 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2834 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2835 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2836 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2837 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2838 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2839 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2840 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2841 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2842 when generating a final executable. */
2845 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2847 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
2849 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
2851 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
2853 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
2854 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
2855 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
2856 && !h
->root
.def_regular
2857 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
2859 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
2860 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
2861 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
2862 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2863 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
2871 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
2874 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
2875 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
2876 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
2877 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
2878 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2879 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
2881 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
2882 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2886 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2888 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
2889 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
2890 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
2892 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2893 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2894 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2896 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
2898 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2899 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2900 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
2901 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
2903 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
2905 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2906 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2907 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
2910 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2912 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2913 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2914 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2919 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2920 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2922 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2923 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2924 if (output_section
== NULL
)
2925 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2928 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
2930 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
2931 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
2932 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
2933 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2934 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
2935 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
2936 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
2937 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
2938 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
2939 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
2940 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2941 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
2942 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2943 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
2944 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
2945 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
2946 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
2948 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2952 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
2953 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
2956 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
2957 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
2958 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2959 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2961 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
2962 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2963 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
2964 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2966 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2967 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2968 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2969 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
2970 + sec
->output_offset
2971 + output_section
->vma
);
2973 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2977 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
2979 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2980 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2982 if (hd
->needs_lazy_stub
)
2984 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
2985 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
2986 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
2987 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
2988 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2990 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2993 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2994 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2995 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
2996 + sec
->output_offset
2997 + output_section
->vma
);
2999 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
3004 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
3005 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
3008 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
3015 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
3018 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
3020 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
3021 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
3023 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
3026 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
3028 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
3031 static INLINE hashval_t
3032 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
3035 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
3042 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3044 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
3046 return (entry
->symndx
3047 + ((entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 18)
3048 + (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? 0
3049 : !entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
3050 : entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? (entry
->abfd
->id
3051 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
))
3052 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
3056 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
3058 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
3059 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
3061 return (e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
3062 && e1
->tls_type
== e2
->tls_type
3063 && (e1
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? TRUE
3064 : !e1
->abfd
? !e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
3065 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? (e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
3066 && e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
)
3067 : e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
));
3071 mips_got_page_ref_hash (const void *ref_
)
3073 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
3075 ref
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref_
;
3076 return ((ref
->symndx
>= 0
3077 ? (hashval_t
) (ref
->u
.abfd
->id
+ ref
->symndx
)
3078 : ref
->u
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
)
3079 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (ref
->addend
));
3083 mips_got_page_ref_eq (const void *ref1_
, const void *ref2_
)
3085 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref1
, *ref2
;
3087 ref1
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref1_
;
3088 ref2
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref2_
;
3089 return (ref1
->symndx
== ref2
->symndx
3090 && (ref1
->symndx
< 0
3091 ? ref1
->u
.h
== ref2
->u
.h
3092 : ref1
->u
.abfd
== ref2
->u
.abfd
)
3093 && ref1
->addend
== ref2
->addend
);
3097 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3099 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
3101 entry
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry_
;
3102 return entry
->sec
->id
;
3106 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
3108 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry1
, *entry2
;
3110 entry1
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry1_
;
3111 entry2
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry2_
;
3112 return entry1
->sec
== entry2
->sec
;
3115 /* Create and return a new mips_got_info structure. */
3117 static struct mips_got_info
*
3118 mips_elf_create_got_info (bfd
*abfd
)
3120 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3122 g
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3126 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
3127 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3128 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3131 g
->got_page_refs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_ref_hash
,
3132 mips_got_page_ref_eq
, NULL
);
3133 if (g
->got_page_refs
== NULL
)
3139 /* Return the GOT info for input bfd ABFD, trying to create a new one if
3140 CREATE_P and if ABFD doesn't already have a GOT. */
3142 static struct mips_got_info
*
3143 mips_elf_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3145 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3147 if (!is_mips_elf (abfd
))
3150 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3151 if (!tdata
->got
&& create_p
)
3152 tdata
->got
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
3156 /* Record that ABFD should use output GOT G. */
3159 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
)
3161 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3163 BFD_ASSERT (is_mips_elf (abfd
));
3164 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3167 /* The GOT structure itself and the hash table entries are
3168 allocated to a bfd, but the hash tables aren't. */
3169 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_entries
);
3170 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_refs
);
3171 if (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
)
3172 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
);
3177 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
3178 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
3179 if creation fails. */
3182 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3188 dname
= MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
);
3189 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3190 sreloc
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, dname
);
3191 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
3193 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
3198 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3201 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
3202 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
3208 /* Return the GOT_TLS_* type required by relocation type R_TYPE. */
3211 mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (unsigned int r_type
)
3213 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type
))
3216 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3219 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type
))
3222 return GOT_TLS_NONE
;
3225 /* Return the number of GOT slots needed for GOT TLS type TYPE. */
3228 mips_tls_got_entries (unsigned int type
)
3245 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
3246 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
3250 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
3251 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3254 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3255 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3257 if (h
&& WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, bfd_link_pic (info
), h
)
3258 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
) || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
3261 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
) || indx
!= 0)
3263 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3264 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3273 return indx
!= 0 ? 2 : 1;
3279 return bfd_link_pic (info
) ? 1 : 0;
3286 /* Add the number of GOT entries and TLS relocations required by ENTRY
3290 mips_elf_count_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3291 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
3292 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
)
3294 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3296 g
->tls_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
3297 g
->relocs
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (info
, entry
->tls_type
,
3299 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
3301 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
)
3302 g
->local_gotno
+= 1;
3304 g
->global_gotno
+= 1;
3307 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
3310 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
3312 unsigned long reloc_index
,
3317 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
3319 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
3321 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
3322 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
3324 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
3326 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
3327 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3329 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
3332 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3333 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3335 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
3338 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3341 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3342 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
,
3343 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3346 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3348 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
3349 bfd_vma got_offset
, got_offset2
;
3350 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3352 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3361 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3363 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, bfd_link_pic (info
),
3365 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
3366 || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
3367 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3370 if (entry
->tls_initialized
)
3373 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
) || indx
!= 0)
3375 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3376 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3379 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3380 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3381 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3382 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
3383 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
3385 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3386 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3387 got_offset
= entry
->gotidx
;
3389 switch (entry
->tls_type
)
3392 /* General Dynamic. */
3393 got_offset2
= got_offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3397 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3398 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3399 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3400 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3403 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3404 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3405 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
3406 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset2
);
3408 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3409 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3413 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3414 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3415 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3416 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3421 /* Initial Exec model. */
3425 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
3426 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3428 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3429 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3431 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3432 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3433 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
3434 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3437 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
3438 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3442 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3443 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3444 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3445 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
3446 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
3448 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
3449 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3450 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3452 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3453 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3454 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3455 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3462 entry
->tls_initialized
= TRUE
;
3465 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3466 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3467 will be negative. */
3470 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3471 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3473 bfd_vma got_address
, got_value
;
3474 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3476 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3477 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3479 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
3480 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
3482 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3483 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
3484 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
3485 + (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
3486 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (info
->output_bfd
)));
3488 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3489 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
3490 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3491 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3493 return got_address
- got_value
;
3496 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3497 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3498 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3499 offset can be found. */
3502 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3503 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
3504 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3506 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3507 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3509 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3510 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3512 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
,
3513 r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
3517 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3518 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, info
, entry
, h
, value
);
3519 return entry
->gotidx
;
3522 /* Return the GOT index of global symbol H in the primary GOT. */
3525 mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3526 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3528 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3529 long global_got_dynindx
;
3530 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3533 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3534 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3536 global_got_dynindx
= 0;
3537 if (htab
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
3538 global_got_dynindx
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
3540 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3541 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3542 indices into the primary GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the
3544 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
3545 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
);
3546 got_index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
3547 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (obfd
));
3548 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3553 /* Return the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H, which is
3554 referenced by a relocation of type R_TYPE in IBFD. */
3557 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*ibfd
,
3558 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3560 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3561 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3562 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3565 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3566 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3568 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3571 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3572 if (!lookup
.tls_type
&& g
== mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
))
3573 return mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (obfd
, info
, h
);
3577 lookup
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3578 entry
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3581 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3582 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3584 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3586 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
3588 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3589 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3590 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
3591 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
3592 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3593 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
3595 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (obfd
, info
, entry
, lookup
.d
.h
, value
);
3600 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3601 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3602 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3603 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3604 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3607 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3608 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
3610 bfd_vma page
, got_index
;
3611 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3613 page
= (value
+ 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
3614 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, page
, 0,
3615 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3620 got_index
= entry
->gotidx
;
3623 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
3628 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3629 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3630 symbol that binds locally. */
3633 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3634 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
3636 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3638 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3639 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3640 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3641 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3643 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
3645 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3646 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3647 same in all cases. */
3648 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
, 0,
3649 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT16
);
3651 return entry
->gotidx
;
3656 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3660 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
3661 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma got_index
)
3663 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3667 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3668 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3671 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
3672 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
3674 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ got_index
- gp
;
3677 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3678 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3679 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3682 static struct mips_got_entry
*
3683 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3684 bfd
*ibfd
, bfd_vma value
,
3685 unsigned long r_symndx
,
3686 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3689 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3691 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3692 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3695 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3696 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3698 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3701 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, FALSE
);
3702 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3705 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3707 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
3709 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3710 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3713 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3716 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3720 lookup
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
3721 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3729 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3732 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3733 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3740 lookup
.d
.address
= value
;
3741 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
3745 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3749 if (g
->assigned_low_gotno
> g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
3751 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3752 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3753 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3754 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3758 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3762 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3763 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3764 || got_page_reloc_p (r_type
)
3765 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
))
3766 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_low_gotno
++;
3768 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_high_gotno
--;
3773 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
, htab
->sgot
->contents
+ entry
->gotidx
);
3775 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3776 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3778 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
3781 bfd_vma got_address
;
3783 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3784 got_address
= (htab
->sgot
->output_section
->vma
3785 + htab
->sgot
->output_offset
3788 rloc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
3789 outrel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
3790 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_MIPS_32
);
3791 outrel
.r_addend
= value
;
3792 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, rloc
);
3798 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3799 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3800 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3801 the current linking stage. */
3803 static bfd_size_type
3804 count_section_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3806 bfd_size_type count
;
3809 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3810 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
3813 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3815 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
3816 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
3817 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3818 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3819 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
3825 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3826 appear towards the end. */
3829 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3831 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3832 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
3833 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3835 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
== 0)
3838 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3839 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3846 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3847 = hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3848 = (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->reloc_only_gotno
);
3849 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= count_section_dynsyms (abfd
, info
) + 1;
3850 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
3851 elf_hash_table (info
)),
3852 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
3855 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3856 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3857 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
3858 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long) hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3859 == elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
3860 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3861 == g
->global_gotno
);
3863 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3864 table index in the GOT. */
3865 htab
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
3870 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3871 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3875 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3877 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
3879 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3881 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3884 switch (h
->global_got_area
)
3887 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
3891 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
3892 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3895 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY
:
3896 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
3897 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3898 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
3905 /* Record that input bfd ABFD requires a GOT entry like *LOOKUP
3906 (which is owned by the caller and shouldn't be added to the
3907 hash table directly). */
3910 mips_elf_record_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
3911 struct mips_got_entry
*lookup
)
3913 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3914 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3915 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3916 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
3918 /* Make sure there's a slot for this entry in the master GOT. */
3919 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3921 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3925 /* Populate the entry if it isn't already. */
3926 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3929 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3933 lookup
->tls_initialized
= FALSE
;
3934 lookup
->gotidx
= -1;
3939 /* Reuse the same GOT entry for the BFD's GOT. */
3940 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
3944 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3953 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against H. Reserve a GOT
3954 entry for it. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
3955 using the GOT entry for calls. */
3958 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3959 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3960 bfd_boolean for_call
, int r_type
)
3962 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3963 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
3964 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
3965 unsigned char tls_type
;
3967 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3968 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3970 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3972 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
3974 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3976 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3978 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
3982 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
3985 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
3989 tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3990 if (tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
&& hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_NORMAL
)
3991 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NORMAL
;
3995 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3996 entry
.tls_type
= tls_type
;
3997 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
4000 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol SYMNDX + ADDEND,
4001 where SYMNDX is a local symbol. Reserve a GOT entry for it. */
4004 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
4005 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int r_type
)
4007 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4008 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4009 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
4011 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4012 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4015 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
4018 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
4019 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
4020 entry
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
4021 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
4024 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against SYMNDX + ADDEND.
4025 H is the symbol's hash table entry, or null if SYMNDX is local
4029 mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
4030 long symndx
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4031 bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4033 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4034 struct mips_got_info
*g1
, *g2
;
4035 struct mips_got_page_ref lookup
, *entry
;
4036 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
4038 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4039 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4041 g1
= htab
->got_info
;
4042 BFD_ASSERT (g1
!= NULL
);
4047 lookup
.u
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4051 lookup
.symndx
= symndx
;
4052 lookup
.u
.abfd
= abfd
;
4054 lookup
.addend
= addend
;
4055 loc
= htab_find_slot (g1
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4059 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *loc
;
4062 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4070 /* Add the same entry to the BFD's GOT. */
4071 g2
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
4075 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g2
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4085 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
4088 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4092 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4094 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4095 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4097 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4098 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4100 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4101 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd
);
4106 /* Make room for a null element. */
4107 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4110 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4114 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4115 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Count the number of GOT
4116 entries and TLS relocs. Set DATA->value to true if we need
4117 to resolve indirect or warning symbols and then recreate the GOT. */
4120 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4122 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4123 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4125 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4126 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4127 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
4129 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4132 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4133 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4139 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4143 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4144 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Add all entries to DATA->g,
4145 converting entries for indirect and warning symbols into entries
4146 for the target symbol. Set DATA->g to null on error. */
4149 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4151 struct mips_got_entry new_entry
, *entry
;
4152 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4155 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4156 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4157 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4158 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4159 && (entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4160 || entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
))
4162 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4169 BFD_ASSERT (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
4170 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4172 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4173 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
);
4176 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4184 if (entry
== &new_entry
)
4186 entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4195 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4200 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
4203 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range
*range
)
4205 return (range
->max_addend
- range
->min_addend
+ 0x1ffff) >> 16;
4208 /* Record that G requires a page entry that can reach SEC + ADDEND. */
4211 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
,
4212 asection
*sec
, bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4214 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
4215 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup
, *entry
;
4216 struct mips_got_page_range
**range_ptr
, *range
;
4217 bfd_vma old_pages
, new_pages
;
4220 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this section. */
4222 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_page_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4226 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
4227 seen the section. */
4228 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *loc
;
4231 entry
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4239 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
4241 range_ptr
= &entry
->ranges
;
4242 while (*range_ptr
&& addend
> (*range_ptr
)->max_addend
+ 0xffff)
4243 range_ptr
= &(*range_ptr
)->next
;
4245 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
4246 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
4247 a new singleton range. */
4249 if (!range
|| addend
< range
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4251 range
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*range
));
4255 range
->next
= *range_ptr
;
4256 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4257 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4265 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
4266 old_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4268 /* Update the ranges. */
4269 if (addend
< range
->min_addend
)
4270 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4271 else if (addend
> range
->max_addend
)
4273 if (range
->next
&& addend
>= range
->next
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4275 old_pages
+= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
->next
);
4276 range
->max_addend
= range
->next
->max_addend
;
4277 range
->next
= range
->next
->next
;
4280 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4283 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
4284 new_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4285 if (old_pages
!= new_pages
)
4287 entry
->num_pages
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4288 g
->page_gotno
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4294 /* A htab_traverse callback for which *REFP points to a mips_got_page_ref
4295 and for which DATA points to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Work out
4296 whether the page reference described by *REFP needs a GOT page entry,
4297 and record that entry in DATA->g if so. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4300 mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref (void **refp
, void *data
)
4302 struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
4303 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4304 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4308 ref
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *refp
;
4309 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4310 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (arg
->info
);
4312 if (ref
->symndx
< 0)
4314 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4316 /* Global GOT_PAGEs decay to GOT_DISP and so don't need page entries. */
4318 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (arg
->info
, &h
->root
))
4321 /* Ignore undefined symbols; we'll issue an error later if
4323 if (!((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4324 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4325 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
))
4328 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
4329 addend
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
+ ref
->addend
;
4333 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4335 /* Read in the symbol. */
4336 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
, ref
->u
.abfd
,
4344 /* Get the associated input section. */
4345 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ref
->u
.abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4352 /* If this is a mergable section, work out the section and offset
4353 of the merged data. For section symbols, the addend specifies
4354 of the offset _of_ the first byte in the data, otherwise it
4355 specifies the offset _from_ the first byte. */
4356 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
4360 secinfo
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
;
4361 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
4362 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4363 isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
);
4365 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4366 isym
->st_value
) + ref
->addend
;
4369 addend
= isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
;
4371 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (arg
, sec
, addend
))
4379 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
4380 replace them with entries for the target symbol. Convert g->got_page_refs
4381 into got_page_entry structures and estimate the number of page entries
4382 that they require. */
4385 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4386 struct mips_got_info
*g
)
4388 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4389 struct mips_got_info oldg
;
4396 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_check_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4400 g
->got_entries
= htab_create (htab_size (oldg
.got_entries
),
4401 mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
4402 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4403 if (!g
->got_entries
)
4406 htab_traverse (oldg
.got_entries
, mips_elf_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4410 htab_delete (oldg
.got_entries
);
4413 g
->got_page_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash
,
4414 mips_got_page_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4415 if (g
->got_page_entries
== NULL
)
4420 htab_traverse (g
->got_page_refs
, mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref
, &tga
);
4425 /* Return true if a GOT entry for H should live in the local rather than
4429 mips_use_local_got_p (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4430 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4432 /* Symbols that aren't in the dynamic symbol table must live in the
4433 local GOT. This includes symbols that are completely undefined
4434 and which therefore don't bind locally. We'll report undefined
4435 symbols later if appropriate. */
4436 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
4439 /* Symbols that bind locally can (and in the case of forced-local
4440 symbols, must) live in the local GOT. */
4441 if (h
->got_only_for_calls
4442 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)
4443 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
4446 /* If this is an executable that must provide a definition of the symbol,
4447 either though PLTs or copy relocations, then that address should go in
4448 the local rather than global GOT. */
4449 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && h
->has_static_relocs
)
4455 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
4456 link_info structure. Decide whether the hash entry needs an entry in
4457 the global part of the primary GOT, setting global_got_area accordingly.
4458 Count the number of global symbols that are in the primary GOT only
4459 because they have relocations against them (reloc_only_gotno). */
4462 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
4464 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4465 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4466 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4468 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4469 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4471 if (h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4473 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
4474 local or global GOT. */
4475 if (mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
))
4476 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4477 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4478 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4479 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4480 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
4481 && h
->got_only_for_calls
4482 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
4483 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4484 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4485 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4486 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4487 else if (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
4489 g
->reloc_only_gotno
++;
4496 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add each one to the GOT
4497 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4500 mips_elf_add_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4502 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4503 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4506 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4507 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4508 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4517 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4522 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT page entries. Add each one to the GOT
4523 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4526 mips_elf_add_got_page_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4528 struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
4529 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4532 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *entryp
;
4533 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4534 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_page_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4543 arg
->g
->page_gotno
+= entry
->num_pages
;
4548 /* Consider merging FROM, which is ABFD's GOT, into TO. Return -1 if
4549 this would lead to overflow, 1 if they were merged successfully,
4550 and 0 if a merge failed due to lack of memory. (These values are chosen
4551 so that nonnegative return values can be returned by a htab_traverse
4555 mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*from
,
4556 struct mips_got_info
*to
,
4557 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4559 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4560 unsigned int estimate
;
4562 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4563 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4564 if (estimate
>= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
)
4565 estimate
= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
;
4567 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4569 estimate
+= from
->local_gotno
+ to
->local_gotno
;
4570 estimate
+= from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
;
4572 /* If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will
4573 come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4574 conservatively as well. */
4575 if (to
== arg
->primary
&& from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
)
4576 estimate
+= arg
->global_count
;
4578 estimate
+= from
->global_gotno
+ to
->global_gotno
;
4580 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4581 if (estimate
> arg
->max_count
)
4584 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4585 tga
.info
= arg
->info
;
4587 htab_traverse (from
->got_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_entry
, &tga
);
4591 htab_traverse (from
->got_page_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_page_entry
, &tga
);
4595 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, to
);
4599 /* Attempt to merge GOT G, which belongs to ABFD. Try to use as much
4600 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4601 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4602 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4603 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4604 and then make make the new got current. */
4607 mips_elf_merge_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
,
4608 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4610 unsigned int estimate
;
4613 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (arg
->info
, g
))
4616 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4617 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4618 if (estimate
> g
->page_gotno
)
4619 estimate
= g
->page_gotno
;
4620 estimate
+= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4622 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4623 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4624 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4625 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4626 estimate
+= (g
->tls_gotno
> 0 ? arg
->global_count
: g
->global_gotno
);
4628 if (estimate
<= arg
->max_count
)
4630 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4631 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4638 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4639 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->primary
, arg
);
4644 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4647 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->current
, arg
);
4652 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4653 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4654 overflows anyway. */
4655 g
->next
= arg
->current
;
4661 /* ENTRYP is a hash table entry for a mips_got_entry. Set its gotidx
4662 to GOTIDX, duplicating the entry if it has already been assigned
4663 an index in a different GOT. */
4666 mips_elf_set_gotidx (void **entryp
, long gotidx
)
4668 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4670 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4671 if (entry
->gotidx
> 0)
4673 struct mips_got_entry
*new_entry
;
4675 new_entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4679 *new_entry
= *entry
;
4680 *entryp
= new_entry
;
4683 entry
->gotidx
= gotidx
;
4687 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. DATA points to a
4688 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg in which DATA->value is the size of one
4689 GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4692 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4694 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4695 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4697 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4698 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4699 if (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
)
4702 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4703 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
))
4709 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4710 arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
4714 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, where DATA points to a
4715 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Set the global_got_area of each global
4716 symbol to DATA->value. */
4719 mips_elf_set_global_got_area (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4721 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4722 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4724 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4725 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4726 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4727 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4728 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4729 entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
= arg
->value
;
4733 /* A htab_traverse callback for secondary GOT entries, where DATA points
4734 to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Assign GOT indices to global entries
4735 and record the number of relocations they require. DATA->value is
4736 the size of one GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4739 mips_elf_set_global_gotidx (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4741 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4742 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4744 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4745 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4746 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4747 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4748 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4750 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
))
4755 arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
+= 1;
4757 if (bfd_link_pic (arg
->info
)
4758 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
4759 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
4760 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
4761 arg
->g
->relocs
+= 1;
4767 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4768 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4769 lazy-binding stubs. */
4772 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4774 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4775 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4776 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4778 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4779 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4780 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4781 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4783 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4784 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4785 && entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
4787 entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
4788 htab
->lazy_stub_count
--;
4794 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4797 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
4802 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4806 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
4810 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
4811 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4814 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4815 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4818 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4819 asection
*got
, bfd_size_type pages
)
4821 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4822 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
4823 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4824 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
4825 unsigned int assign
, needed_relocs
;
4828 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4829 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4830 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4834 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
4835 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
4836 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
4837 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
4838 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
)
4839 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
4840 - htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4841 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_pages
= pages
;
4842 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4843 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_area below for more
4845 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
4847 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4848 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4849 to be the primary GOT. */
4850 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4852 gg
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4853 if (gg
&& !mips_elf_merge_got (ibfd
, gg
, &got_per_bfd_arg
))
4857 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4858 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
4859 g
->next
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
4861 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
4862 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
4864 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4868 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4869 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4870 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4871 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4873 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, g
);
4875 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4876 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4877 those that are actually referenced. */
4878 gg
->reloc_only_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
4879 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
4882 tga
.value
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
4883 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4884 tga
.value
= GGA_NORMAL
;
4885 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4887 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4888 [assigned_low_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4889 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4890 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4891 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4892 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4893 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4894 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4895 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4896 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4897 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4898 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4899 points back to the master GOT. */
4900 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
4901 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
4908 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
4910 assign
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
4911 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= assign
;
4912 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
;
4913 g
->local_gotno
+= (pages
< g
->page_gotno
? pages
: g
->page_gotno
);
4914 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
4915 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4917 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4918 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4919 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4924 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4925 all non-TLS entries. */
4926 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
4928 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4929 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
4932 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
== assign
);
4934 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
4937 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4938 lazy-binding stubs. */
4940 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs
, info
);
4944 got
->size
= assign
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4947 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
4949 unsigned int save_assign
;
4951 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries and count how many
4952 relocations they need. */
4953 save_assign
= g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
4954 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
4956 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4958 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_gotidx
, &tga
);
4961 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
);
4962 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= save_assign
;
4964 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4966 g
->relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
4967 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
4968 + g
->next
->global_gotno
4969 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
4970 + htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4972 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4974 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4977 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
,
4984 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4985 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
4987 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
4988 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
4989 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4990 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
4992 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4994 while (relocation
< relend
)
4996 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
4997 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_symndx
)
5003 /* We didn't find it. */
5007 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
5010 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
5011 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5012 asection
**local_sections
)
5014 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5015 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5018 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5019 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5020 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5022 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5024 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
5030 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
5033 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5035 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
5036 /* VALUE is negative. */
5037 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
5042 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
5043 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
5047 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5049 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
5051 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
5052 /* The value is too big. */
5054 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
5055 /* The value is too small. */
5062 /* Calculate the %high function. */
5065 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
5067 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
5070 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
5073 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5076 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
5083 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
5086 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5089 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
5096 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
5099 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
5100 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5103 register asection
*s
;
5105 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
5107 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
5110 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
5112 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5113 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5116 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
5122 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
5125 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5128 register asection
*s
;
5129 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5130 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5131 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5133 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5134 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5136 /* This function may be called more than once. */
5140 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
5141 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5143 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
5144 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
5145 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
5147 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
5151 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
5152 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
5153 are not creating a global offset table. */
5155 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5156 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
5157 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5160 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5163 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5164 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
5165 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
5167 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5168 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5171 htab
->got_info
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
5172 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
5173 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5175 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
5176 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt",
5177 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
5180 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5188 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
5189 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
5190 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
5193 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5195 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->is_vxworks
5196 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
5197 && (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
5198 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
5201 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
5202 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
5203 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
5207 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd
*input_bfd
, int r_type
,
5208 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5210 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
5211 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
5212 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
5213 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
5214 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
5215 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd
))
5222 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
5223 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
5224 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5225 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
5226 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
5227 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
5228 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
5232 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p
;
5239 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
5240 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
5241 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
5243 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
5244 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
5245 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5247 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
5248 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
5249 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
5250 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
5252 static bfd_reloc_status_type
5253 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
5254 asection
*input_section
,
5255 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5256 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5257 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5258 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
5259 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
5261 bfd_boolean
*cross_mode_jump_p
,
5262 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
5264 /* The eventual value we will return. */
5266 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
5269 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
5270 shared object file being produced. */
5272 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
5275 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
5277 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
5278 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
5279 during execution. */
5280 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
5281 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
5283 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5284 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5285 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
5287 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
5288 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a section
5290 bfd_boolean section_p
= FALSE
;
5291 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
5292 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
5293 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
5294 "__gnu_local_gp". */
5295 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
5296 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5298 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5300 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5301 relocation value. */
5302 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
5303 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5304 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5305 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
= FALSE
;
5306 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5309 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5310 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5311 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5313 /* Parse the relocation. */
5314 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5315 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5316 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5317 + input_section
->output_offset
5318 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5320 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5321 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
5323 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5324 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5325 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5326 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
5328 was_local_p
= local_p
;
5329 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
5330 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5333 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5334 must come before globals. */
5338 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5341 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
5342 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5344 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
5345 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
5347 section_p
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
;
5349 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5350 if (!section_p
|| (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
5351 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
5352 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) && section_p
)
5354 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
5356 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5359 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5360 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
5363 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5364 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
5365 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
5367 if (*namep
== NULL
|| **namep
== '\0')
5368 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
5370 /* For relocations against a section symbol and ones against no
5371 symbol (absolute relocations) infer the ISA mode from the addend. */
5372 if (section_p
|| r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
5374 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (addend
& 1) && !micromips_p
;
5375 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (addend
& 1) && micromips_p
;
5377 /* For relocations against an absolute symbol infer the ISA mode
5378 from the value of the symbol plus addend. */
5379 else if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
5381 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) && !micromips_p
;
5382 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) && micromips_p
;
5384 /* Otherwise just use the regular symbol annotation available. */
5387 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
);
5388 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
);
5393 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5395 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5396 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5397 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5398 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5399 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5400 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5401 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5403 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5404 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
5406 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5407 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5408 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
5409 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
5411 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5412 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5413 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type
))
5414 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5418 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5419 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5420 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5421 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
5424 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5425 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5426 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5428 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5429 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5430 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
5432 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5433 if (sec
->output_section
)
5434 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
5435 + sec
->output_section
->vma
5436 + sec
->output_offset
);
5438 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
5440 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5441 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5442 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5443 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5446 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
5447 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5449 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
5450 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5452 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5453 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5454 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5455 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5456 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5458 BFD_ASSERT (! bfd_link_pic (info
));
5459 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
5462 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->root
.other
))
5464 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5465 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5466 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5467 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5468 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5469 which is available from here:
5470 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5475 (*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
5476 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
5477 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
5478 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
5479 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
));
5480 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5483 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
);
5484 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
);
5487 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5488 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5490 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5492 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5493 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5495 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5496 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5497 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5499 && h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
5500 && (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_CALL16
|| h
->need_fn_stub
))
5502 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
5503 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5504 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section
))
5506 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5507 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5511 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5516 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
5519 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5520 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5521 sec
= h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
;
5522 value
= h
->la25_stub
->offset
;
5531 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ value
;
5532 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5533 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5535 /* If this is a MIPS16 call with a stub, that is made through the PLT or
5536 to a standard MIPS function, we need to redirect the call to the stub.
5537 Note that we specifically exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior;
5538 indirect calls should use an indirect stub instead. */
5539 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5540 && ((h
!= NULL
&& (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
))
5542 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
!= NULL
5543 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5544 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->use_plt_entry
) || !target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5547 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5550 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5551 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5553 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
5558 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5560 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
)))
5562 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5569 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
5572 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5575 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
5576 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5578 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5580 else if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->la25_stub
5581 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd
, r_type
,
5582 target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5584 symbol
= (h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_section
->vma
5585 + h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_offset
5586 + h
->la25_stub
->offset
);
5587 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
))
5590 /* For direct MIPS16 and microMIPS calls make sure the compressed PLT
5591 entry is used if a standard PLT entry has also been made. In this
5592 case the symbol will have been set by mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
5593 to point to the standard PLT entry, so redirect to the compressed
5595 else if ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5596 || micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
5597 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5600 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
5601 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
5603 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
5606 symbol
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
5607 + sec
->output_offset
5608 + htab
->plt_header_size
5609 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
5610 + h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
5613 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= !micromips_p
;
5614 target_is_micromips_code_p
= micromips_p
;
5617 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5618 if ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5619 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5621 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5622 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5623 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5626 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5627 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5628 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5629 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5630 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5632 *cross_mode_jump_p
= (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5633 && !(h
&& h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5634 && ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5635 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5636 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5637 && !target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5638 || ((branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5639 || r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
)
5640 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5641 || target_is_micromips_code_p
))));
5643 local_p
= (h
== NULL
|| mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
));
5645 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
5646 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
5648 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
5653 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5654 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5655 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5656 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type
) && !local_p
)
5658 r_type
= (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
5659 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
: R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
);
5663 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5664 to need it, get it now. */
5667 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5668 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5671 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5672 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5673 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5674 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5675 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5676 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5677 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5678 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5679 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5680 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5681 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5682 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5684 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5685 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5686 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5687 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5688 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5689 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5690 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5691 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5692 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5693 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
5695 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5696 0, 0, NULL
, r_type
);
5698 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5702 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5703 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5704 if (htab
->is_vxworks
5705 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5706 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5707 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5709 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5710 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.needs_plt
);
5711 g
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, &h
->root
);
5715 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5716 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
5718 if (!TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
)
5719 && !elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5720 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5721 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj
, symbol
, htab
->sgot
->contents
+ g
);
5724 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
5725 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5726 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5730 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5731 symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
5733 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5736 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5737 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
5741 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5742 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5743 if (h
!= NULL
&& is_gott_symbol (info
, &h
->root
))
5745 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
5749 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
5750 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5752 outrel
.r_offset
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5753 + input_section
->output_offset
5754 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5755 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->root
.dynindx
, r_type
);
5756 outrel
.r_addend
= addend
;
5757 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
5759 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5760 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5762 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
5763 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5766 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
5769 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5773 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5776 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5777 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5778 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5779 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5785 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
5786 || (htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
5788 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
5789 && !h
->root
.def_regular
5790 && !h
->has_static_relocs
))
5791 && r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
5793 || h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5794 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5795 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5797 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5798 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
5799 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5800 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
5801 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5802 relocs or PLTs instead. */
5804 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
5812 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5816 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
5817 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5821 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5825 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
5826 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5830 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5831 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5832 the output file that's different. That's handled in
5833 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
5834 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
5836 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5840 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
5841 shift
= (!*cross_mode_jump_p
&& r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
) ? 1 : 2;
5843 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& !section_p
)
5844 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 26 + shift
);
5849 /* Make sure the target of a jump is suitably aligned. Bit 0 must
5850 be the correct ISA mode selector except for weak undefined
5852 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5853 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
5854 ? (value
& 3) != (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
5855 : (value
& ((1 << shift
) - 1)) != (r_type
!= R_MIPS_26
)))
5856 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5859 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5860 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> (26 + shift
));
5861 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5865 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5866 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5867 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5868 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
5872 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5873 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
:
5874 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
:
5875 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5876 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5877 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5880 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5881 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5882 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5883 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
5887 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5888 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
:
5889 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
:
5890 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5891 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5892 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5897 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
5900 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
5901 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5905 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5906 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5907 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5911 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5912 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
5913 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
5914 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
5915 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
5916 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- ((p
+ 4) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3));
5917 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
5918 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
5919 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
5920 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
)
5921 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 1);
5923 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
5924 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5930 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16
:
5931 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
:
5933 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5936 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5937 for this conditional. */
5938 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
5939 value
= addend
+ gp
- (p
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3);
5940 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
5941 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
)
5942 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 3;
5944 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
5945 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5946 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5947 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5948 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
5951 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5952 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5955 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5956 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
5957 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5958 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5959 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5960 not check for overflow here. */
5964 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
5965 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
5966 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5967 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
5968 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5973 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
5974 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5975 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5976 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
5977 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
5978 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
5979 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
5980 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
5981 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5982 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5983 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
5984 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5985 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5986 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
5987 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
5988 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
5989 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
5990 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
5994 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5995 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5998 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5999 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
6002 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
6003 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
6004 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
6005 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
6006 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& local_p
)
6008 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
6009 symbol
+ addend
, !was_local_p
);
6010 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
6011 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6013 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
6014 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6021 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6022 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6023 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6024 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
6025 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6026 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
6027 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
6028 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6029 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6030 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6032 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6035 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
6036 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
6038 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6042 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
6043 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6044 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18);
6046 /* No need to exclude weak undefined symbols here as they resolve
6047 to 0 and never set `*cross_mode_jump_p', so this alignment check
6048 will never trigger for them. */
6049 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
6050 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 1
6051 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0)
6052 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6054 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6055 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6056 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
6057 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6058 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6061 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
6062 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6063 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17);
6065 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6066 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6067 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0
6068 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) == 0))
6069 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6071 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6072 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6073 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
6074 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6075 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6078 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
6079 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6080 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 23);
6082 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6083 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6085 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6086 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6087 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 23);
6088 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6089 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6092 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
6093 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6094 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28);
6096 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6097 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6099 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6100 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6101 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 28);
6102 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6103 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6106 case R_MIPS_PC18_S3
:
6107 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6108 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6110 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 7)
6111 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6113 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 7) ^ 7);
6114 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6115 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6116 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6117 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6120 case R_MIPS_PC19_S2
:
6121 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6122 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6124 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6125 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6127 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6128 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6129 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6130 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6131 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6135 value
= mips_elf_high (symbol
+ addend
- p
);
6136 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6137 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6138 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6142 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6143 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
6144 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6145 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6148 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
6149 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6150 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 8);
6152 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6153 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6154 ? ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 3) != 0
6155 : ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 1) == 0))
6156 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6158 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6159 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6160 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 8);
6161 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6162 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6165 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
6166 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6167 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 11);
6169 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6170 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6171 ? ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 3) != 0
6172 : ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 1) == 0))
6173 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6175 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6176 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6177 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 11);
6178 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6179 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6182 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
6183 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6184 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17);
6186 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6187 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6188 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0
6189 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) == 0))
6190 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6192 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6193 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6194 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
6195 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6196 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6199 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
6200 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6201 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 25);
6202 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 3) ^ 3);
6203 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6204 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 25);
6205 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6206 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6209 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6210 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6211 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6212 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6213 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
6214 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
6215 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
6217 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
6218 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6221 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6222 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6223 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6224 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6225 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
6228 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6229 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6230 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
6231 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
6232 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6233 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
6234 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6237 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6238 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6240 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
6243 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6247 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB
:
6248 value
= symbol
- addend
;
6249 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6253 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
6254 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
6255 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6258 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
6259 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
6260 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
6261 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6264 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6265 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6266 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
6267 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6271 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
6272 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
6273 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
6274 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
6275 if (h
!= NULL
&& !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6276 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6277 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
6281 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
6282 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
6283 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
6284 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6287 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
6288 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
6291 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
6293 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
6296 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
6299 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6300 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6301 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
6304 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6305 unsigned int size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
6307 /* Obtain the bytes. */
6309 x
= bfd_get (8 * size
, input_bfd
, location
);
6314 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
6315 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
6316 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
6318 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
6319 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
6321 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
6324 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6325 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6326 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6327 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
6328 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
6329 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
)
6333 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
6336 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
6337 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6339 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
6341 /* Obtain the current value. */
6342 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
6344 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
6345 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
6347 /* Set the field. */
6348 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
6350 /* Detect incorrect JALX usage. If required, turn JAL or BAL into JALX. */
6351 if (!cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
6353 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
6355 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
? opcode
== 0x7
6356 : r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
? opcode
== 0x3c
6359 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6360 (_("%X%H: Unsupported JALX to the same ISA mode\n"),
6361 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6365 if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
6368 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
6369 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
6371 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
6372 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
6374 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
6377 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
6379 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3d) || (opcode
== 0x3c));
6384 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
6388 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
6389 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
6392 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6393 (_("%X%H: Unsupported jump between ISA modes; "
6394 "consider recompiling with interlinking enabled\n"),
6395 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6399 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6400 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
6402 else if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& b_reloc_p (r_type
))
6404 bfd_boolean ok
= FALSE
;
6405 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 16;
6406 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
= 0;
6410 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
6412 ok
= opcode
== 0x4060;
6416 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
)
6418 ok
= opcode
== 0x411;
6423 if (bfd_link_pic (info
) || !ok
)
6425 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6426 (_("%X%H: Unsupported branch between ISA modes\n"),
6427 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6431 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6432 + input_section
->output_offset
6433 + relocation
->r_offset
6435 dest
= addr
+ (((value
& 0x3ffff) ^ 0x20000) - 0x20000);
6437 if ((addr
>> 28) << 28 != (dest
>> 28) << 28)
6439 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6440 (_("%X%H: Cannot convert branch between ISA modes "
6441 "to JALX: relocation out of range\n"),
6442 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6446 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6447 x
= ((dest
>> 2) & 0x3ffffff) | jalx_opcode
<< 26;
6450 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
6452 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6453 && !cross_mode_jump_p
6454 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6455 && r_type
== R_MIPS_26
6456 && (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
6457 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6458 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6459 && x
== 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
6460 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd
)
6461 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6462 && x
== 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 */
6468 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6469 + input_section
->output_offset
6470 + relocation
->r_offset
6472 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
6473 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
6477 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
6479 if (x
== 0x03200008) /* jr t9 */
6480 x
= 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
6482 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
6486 /* Put the value into the output. */
6487 size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
6489 bfd_put (8 * size
, input_bfd
, x
, location
);
6491 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, !bfd_link_relocatable (info
),
6497 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
6498 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
6499 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
6500 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
6503 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6504 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6505 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
6506 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6507 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
6508 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
6510 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
6515 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
6516 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6518 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6519 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
6521 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6522 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6523 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
6524 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
6525 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
6526 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
6529 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
6530 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
6531 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6533 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
6534 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
6535 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
6536 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
6539 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
6540 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
6543 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
6545 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
6546 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
6547 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
6552 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
6553 in the relocation. */
6554 if (h
!= NULL
&& ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6556 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
|| h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
);
6557 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
6558 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6559 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
6561 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
6562 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
6563 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
6564 undefined symbols. */
6569 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
6571 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
6573 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6578 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
6581 asection
*osec
= htab
->root
.text_index_section
;
6582 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
6588 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6589 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6590 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6591 local symbols because we used to generate them
6592 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6593 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6594 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6595 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6596 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6597 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6599 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6600 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6601 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6602 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6603 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6608 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6609 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6610 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6611 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6612 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
6615 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6616 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6617 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
6619 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6620 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6621 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
6624 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6625 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6626 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6627 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6628 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6629 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6630 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6631 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6632 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6633 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6634 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6635 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6636 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
6637 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
6640 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
6642 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6643 correct location in the output file. */
6644 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6645 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6646 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6647 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6648 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6649 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6651 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6652 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6653 relocation format is non-standard. */
6654 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6656 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
6657 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6659 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
6661 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6663 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6664 outrel
[0].r_addend
= *addendp
;
6665 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6666 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6668 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
6671 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6672 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6673 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
6675 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6676 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
6678 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6679 will be writing to it. */
6680 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
6683 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6684 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
6686 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
6691 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
6693 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
6694 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
6695 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
6696 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6697 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
6698 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
6700 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
6701 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
6702 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
6704 cr
= (scpt
->contents
6705 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
6706 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
6707 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
6708 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
6709 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
6710 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
6714 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6715 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6717 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
6718 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6723 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6726 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
6728 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
6730 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
6731 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
6733 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
6734 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
6736 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
6737 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
6739 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
6740 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
6742 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
6743 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
6745 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
6746 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
6748 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
6749 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
6751 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
6752 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
6754 case E_MIPS_MACH_5900
:
6755 return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
6757 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
6758 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
6760 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
6761 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
6763 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
:
6764 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
6766 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
:
6767 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
6769 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
:
6770 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
;
6772 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
:
6773 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
;
6775 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
:
6776 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
6778 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
:
6779 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
6781 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
:
6782 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
6785 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
6789 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
6792 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
6795 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
6798 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
6801 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
6803 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
6804 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
6806 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
6807 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
6809 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
6810 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
6812 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
6813 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
6815 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
:
6816 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
;
6818 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
:
6819 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
;
6826 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
6828 static INLINE
char *
6829 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
6833 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
6834 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
6837 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
6839 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
6843 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
6845 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
6847 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
6849 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
6852 return "unknown abi";
6856 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
6857 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
6858 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
6859 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
6860 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
6861 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
6862 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6863 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6865 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
6866 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
6867 definition in a shared library. */
6868 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
6869 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6870 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6872 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6875 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
6877 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
6879 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
6880 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
6881 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
6883 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
6884 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6885 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
6886 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6887 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
6888 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
6889 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6891 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
6892 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
6893 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
6894 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6895 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6896 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6897 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
6898 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6899 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6900 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6902 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6906 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6907 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
6908 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
6909 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
6910 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
6913 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
6914 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6916 /* Initialize the small common section. */
6917 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
6918 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
6919 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6920 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6921 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6922 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
6923 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6924 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6925 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6927 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6928 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
6931 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
6932 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6937 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
6939 if (section
!= NULL
)
6941 asym
->section
= section
;
6942 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6943 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
6944 base address to make it an offset. */
6945 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6952 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
6954 if (section
!= NULL
)
6956 asym
->section
= section
;
6957 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6958 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
6959 base address to make it an offset. */
6960 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6966 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
6967 or microMIPS one. */
6968 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_FUNC
6969 && (asym
->value
& 1) != 0)
6972 if (MICROMIPS_P (abfd
))
6973 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6974 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6976 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6977 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6981 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
6982 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
6984 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
6985 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
6986 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
6987 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
6988 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
6990 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
6991 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
6992 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
6993 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
6995 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
6996 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
6997 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
6998 We therefore take the following approach:
7000 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
7001 determine the pointer size.
7003 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
7004 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
7008 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
7009 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
7010 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
7011 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
7012 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
7014 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
7015 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
7019 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
7021 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
7023 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
7025 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
7027 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
7028 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
7029 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
7036 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
7037 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
7038 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
7047 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
7048 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
7049 same address. For example, if we have code like:
7051 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
7052 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
7055 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
7056 will jump there rather than to .text.
7058 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
7059 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
7062 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
7064 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
7067 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
7068 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
7069 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
7073 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
7075 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
7076 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
7080 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
7081 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
7084 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
7087 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7088 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
7092 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
7093 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
7094 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
7095 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
7097 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
7099 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
7100 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
7101 so that we don't have to read them again.
7102 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
7103 through the section contents to see if there is an
7104 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
7106 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
7108 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
7109 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
7111 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
7113 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
7115 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
7117 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7118 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
7119 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
7122 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7129 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
7130 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
7133 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7134 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
7137 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7144 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
7145 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
7148 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7149 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
7156 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
7158 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
7160 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
7161 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
7162 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
7163 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
7164 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
7165 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
7166 on it in an input file will be followed. */
7167 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7168 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
7169 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
7170 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7171 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
7172 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7173 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
7175 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
7177 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
7179 unsigned int adjust
;
7181 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
7183 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
7191 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
7192 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
7193 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
7195 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
7199 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
7200 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
7206 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
7207 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
7208 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
7209 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
7210 probably get away with this. */
7211 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
7213 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
7214 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
7218 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
7221 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
7222 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
7225 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
7226 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7229 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
7230 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
7233 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
7234 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
7236 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
7238 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
7239 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
7240 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
7242 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7244 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
7245 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
7248 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
7249 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7252 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
7253 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7256 case SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
:
7257 if (!MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7259 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7261 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
7262 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7263 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7266 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
7267 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
7270 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
7271 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7272 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7279 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
7284 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7285 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
7291 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
7293 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
7295 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7296 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7298 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (abfd
, &ext
,
7299 &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
);
7300 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.version
!= 0)
7302 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
7305 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
7307 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
7308 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
7309 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
7310 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
7311 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
7313 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
7316 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7317 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7319 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
7320 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
7323 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
7324 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
7325 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
7326 they should agree. */
7327 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
7329 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
7331 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7332 if (contents
== NULL
)
7334 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
7341 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
7342 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
7344 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
7346 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
7348 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
7350 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7351 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
7352 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
7355 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7357 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
7359 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
7361 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
7362 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7364 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7366 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7368 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
7370 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
7372 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
7373 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7375 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7385 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
7386 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
7387 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7390 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
7392 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
7394 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
7396 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
7397 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
7398 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7400 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
7401 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
7402 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7404 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
7405 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
7406 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7408 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
7409 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
7410 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
7412 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
7413 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
7414 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7415 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7416 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7418 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7420 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
7422 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
7423 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
7424 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7425 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7427 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7428 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7430 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7433 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7435 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7436 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
7437 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
7438 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
7440 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7441 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7443 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
7444 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
7447 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
7448 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
7449 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7450 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
7451 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
7452 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
7453 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7454 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
7456 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
7457 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7459 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7461 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
7462 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7463 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7465 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7467 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
7468 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7469 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7471 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
7473 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
7474 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
);
7476 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7477 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7479 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
7481 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
7482 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
7483 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
7484 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_frame"))
7485 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7487 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
7489 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
7490 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
7491 final_write_processing. */
7493 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7494 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7496 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
7497 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7498 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7500 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
7502 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
7503 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
7504 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
7507 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
7508 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
7509 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
7510 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
7511 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
7516 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
7517 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
7518 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
7519 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
7520 the .scommon section. */
7523 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7524 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
7526 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
7528 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7531 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
7533 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
7539 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
7540 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
7543 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7544 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
7545 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7546 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
7548 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7549 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
7550 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
7552 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
7557 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
7558 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
7559 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
7560 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
7561 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
7562 is not done for them. */
7564 && (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
7565 && (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0))
7571 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
7574 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7575 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
7576 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
7577 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
7578 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7581 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
7582 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
7583 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
7584 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
7588 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7589 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7591 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
7592 asection
*elf_text_section
;
7593 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7595 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7596 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7599 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7600 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7601 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
7604 /* Initialize the section. */
7606 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
7607 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7609 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7610 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
7612 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
7613 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7614 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7615 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7616 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
7617 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7618 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
7620 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7621 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7622 so I took it out. */
7623 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
7626 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
7627 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7629 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7630 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7632 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
7633 asection
*elf_data_section
;
7634 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7636 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7637 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7640 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7641 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7642 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
7645 /* Initialize the section. */
7647 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
7648 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7650 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7651 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
7653 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
7654 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7655 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7656 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7657 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
7658 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7659 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
7661 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7662 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7663 so I took it out. */
7664 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
7667 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
7668 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
7672 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7673 && ! bfd_link_pic (info
)
7674 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
7675 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7677 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7678 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7680 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7682 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7683 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
7684 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7687 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7690 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7692 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7695 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
7696 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7699 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7700 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7701 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7702 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7708 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7709 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7710 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7713 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7714 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7715 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
7716 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7718 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7719 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7720 common in the output file. */
7721 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
7722 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
7723 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7725 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7726 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
7731 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7733 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7736 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7738 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7739 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7741 register asection
*s
;
7742 const char * const *namep
;
7743 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7745 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7746 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7748 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
7749 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
7751 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7753 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
7755 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7758 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
7763 /* We need to create .got section. */
7764 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
7767 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
))
7770 /* Create .stub section. */
7771 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
7772 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
7775 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7776 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7780 if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7781 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
7782 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
7784 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
7785 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
7787 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7788 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7792 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
7793 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
7794 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
7795 the linker takes such action. */
7796 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
7798 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
7801 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7802 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
7803 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7806 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7809 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7811 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7815 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
7816 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7818 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
7822 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
7823 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".hash");
7825 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7827 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynsym");
7829 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7831 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynstr");
7833 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7836 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7838 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7840 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7842 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7845 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
7849 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
7851 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7852 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
7853 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7856 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7859 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7861 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7864 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
7866 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
7867 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
7868 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
7869 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
7870 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
7871 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7873 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
7875 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7876 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
7877 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7880 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7883 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7885 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7887 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7891 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
7892 Also, on VxWorks, create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol. */
7893 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
7896 /* Cache the sections created above. */
7897 htab
->splt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".plt");
7898 htab
->sdynbss
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynbss");
7899 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7901 htab
->srelbss
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rela.bss");
7902 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
7905 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
7907 || (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !htab
->srelbss
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
7912 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
7913 if (htab
->is_vxworks
7914 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
7920 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7921 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7922 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
7925 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
7926 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
7927 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
7929 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7930 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7932 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
7933 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
7934 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
7935 if (rel_hdr
== NULL
)
7937 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7938 return ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
7939 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
7942 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7943 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7944 of the section that REL is against. */
7947 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7948 reloc_howto_type
*howto
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
7951 unsigned int r_type
;
7955 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7956 location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
7958 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7959 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7960 bytes
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, abfd
, contents
);
7961 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7963 addend
= bytes
& howto
->src_mask
;
7965 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. Adjust the addend
7967 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
&& (bytes
>> 26) == 0x3c)
7973 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
7974 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
7975 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
7976 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
7977 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
7980 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
,
7981 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7982 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
,
7983 bfd_byte
*contents
, bfd_vma
*addend
)
7985 unsigned int r_type
, lo16_type
;
7986 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
7987 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
7990 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7991 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type
))
7992 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
7993 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
))
7994 lo16_type
= R_MICROMIPS_LO16
;
7995 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
)
7996 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_PCLO16
;
7998 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
8000 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
8001 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
8002 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
8005 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
8007 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
8008 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
8009 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
8010 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
8011 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
8012 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
8014 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
8015 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
8016 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
8017 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd
, lo16_type
, rel
, relend
);
8018 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
8021 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
8022 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
);
8023 l
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, lo16_relocation
, lo16_howto
, contents
);
8025 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
8026 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
8033 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
8034 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
8035 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
8038 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
**contents
)
8043 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
8044 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
8046 *contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
8050 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, contents
);
8053 /* Make a new PLT record to keep internal data. */
8055 static struct plt_entry
*
8056 mips_elf_make_plt_record (bfd
*abfd
)
8058 struct plt_entry
*entry
;
8060 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
8064 entry
->stub_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8065 entry
->mips_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8066 entry
->comp_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8067 entry
->gotplt_index
= MINUS_ONE
;
8071 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
8072 allocate space in the global offset table and record the need for
8073 standard MIPS and compressed procedure linkage table entries. */
8076 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8077 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
8081 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8082 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
8084 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
8085 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
8087 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8088 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8091 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
8093 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8096 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8097 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8099 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8100 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8101 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
8102 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8104 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8105 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8107 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
8109 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
8110 if (FN_STUB_P (name
))
8112 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8114 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8117 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
8120 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8121 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8122 " stub section `%s'"),
8124 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8128 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
8129 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
8133 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8134 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
8135 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
8136 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8138 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
8139 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
8141 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8142 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
8143 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
8144 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
8148 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8150 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
8153 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8154 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
8155 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
8156 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
)))
8159 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
8168 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8169 not need it. Since this function is called before
8170 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8171 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8173 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8177 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
8179 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
8181 unsigned long symcount
;
8185 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8186 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8188 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8189 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8190 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8193 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
8196 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8197 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8199 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8200 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8201 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8202 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8206 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8208 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8209 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8211 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8212 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8213 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8215 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8217 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8218 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8219 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8220 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8221 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8222 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
8224 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8228 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8230 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8233 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name
) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8235 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8236 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8239 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8242 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
8245 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8246 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8247 " stub section `%s'"),
8249 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8253 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
8254 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
8258 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8259 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
8260 that refers to this symbol. */
8261 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8263 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
8264 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
8266 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8267 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
8268 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
8269 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
8273 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8275 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
8278 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8279 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
8280 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
8281 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
)
8284 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
8293 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8294 not need it. Since this function is called before
8295 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8296 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8298 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8302 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
8304 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
== NULL
)
8306 unsigned long symcount
;
8310 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8311 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8313 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8314 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8315 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8318 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
= n
;
8321 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8322 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8324 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8325 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8326 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8327 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8331 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8332 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8334 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8336 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8337 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
8339 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
8341 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8342 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8343 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8344 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8345 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8348 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8352 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8354 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8360 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
8362 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8363 unsigned int r_type
;
8364 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8365 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p
;
8366 bfd_boolean call_reloc_p
;
8367 bfd_boolean constrain_symbol_p
;
8369 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8370 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8372 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
8374 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
8376 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8377 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
8379 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8384 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
8387 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8388 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8389 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8391 /* PR15323, ref flags aren't set for references in the
8393 h
->root
.non_ir_ref
= 1;
8397 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
8398 relocation into a dynamic one. */
8399 can_make_dynamic_p
= FALSE
;
8401 /* Set CALL_RELOC_P to true if the relocation is for a call,
8402 and if pointer equality therefore doesn't matter. */
8403 call_reloc_p
= FALSE
;
8405 /* Set CONSTRAIN_SYMBOL_P if we need to take the relocation
8406 into account when deciding how to define the symbol.
8407 Relocations in nonallocatable sections such as .pdr and
8408 .debug* should have no effect. */
8409 constrain_symbol_p
= ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0);
8414 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8415 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8416 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8417 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8418 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8419 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8420 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8424 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8425 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8426 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8427 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8428 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8429 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8431 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8432 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8433 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8434 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8435 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8436 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8437 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8438 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8439 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8440 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8441 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8442 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8443 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8444 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8446 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8447 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
))
8449 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8451 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8452 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
8453 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
8454 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8457 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8462 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
8463 /* These relocations have empty fields and are purely there to
8464 provide link information. The symbol value doesn't matter. */
8465 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8468 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8469 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8470 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
8471 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8472 /* GP-relative relocations always resolve to a definition in a
8473 regular input file, ignoring the one-definition rule. This is
8474 important for the GP setup sequence in NewABI code, which
8475 always resolves to a local function even if other relocations
8476 against the symbol wouldn't. */
8477 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8483 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8484 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
8485 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
8487 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
8488 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
8489 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
8490 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
8491 against a read-only section. */
8492 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
8494 && !htab
->is_vxworks
8495 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
8496 && !(!info
->nocopyreloc
8497 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd
)
8498 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))))
8499 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
8501 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8503 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8509 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
8510 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
8512 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
8513 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8514 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
8515 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
8516 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
8517 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
8518 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8524 if (constrain_symbol_p
)
8526 if (!can_make_dynamic_p
)
8527 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_static_relocs
= 1;
8530 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
8532 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has
8533 relocations related to taking the function's address.
8534 This doesn't apply to VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer
8535 to a .got.plt entry instead of a normal .got entry. */
8536 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& (!can_make_dynamic_p
|| !call_reloc_p
))
8537 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8540 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
8541 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
8542 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
8543 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8547 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8551 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8552 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8553 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8554 relocations against the text segment. */
8555 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8558 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8559 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8560 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
)
8561 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
) && htab
->is_vxworks
))
8563 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
8564 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
8565 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
8566 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
8567 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
8568 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
8569 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
8570 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
8571 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8572 rel
->r_addend
, info
, r_type
))
8577 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd
, r_type
,
8578 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->other
)))
8579 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
8584 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8585 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8588 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8589 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
8590 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
8591 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8596 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8597 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8598 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8599 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8602 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
8603 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
8604 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
8605 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, TRUE
,
8609 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
8610 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
8611 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
8617 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8618 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8619 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8621 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8622 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8623 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8624 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8625 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8626 if (!h
|| got_page_reloc_p (r_type
))
8628 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
8629 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
8630 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
8632 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd
, sec
, relocs
, rel
))
8634 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8636 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8637 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
,
8639 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
8640 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
, rel_end
,
8643 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
8646 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8647 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (info
, abfd
, r_symndx
,
8653 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
8654 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8656 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
8657 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
8658 && ! (bfd_link_pic (info
) && ! info
->symbolic
8659 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
8663 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
8664 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
8667 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8668 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8669 if (h
&& !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8674 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8675 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8676 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8677 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8678 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
8681 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8682 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8683 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8684 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
8686 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
8692 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8693 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8694 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8695 for TLS GD relocations. */
8698 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8704 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8714 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8715 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
8716 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
8717 if (can_make_dynamic_p
)
8721 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8725 if (bfd_link_pic (info
) && h
== NULL
)
8727 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
8728 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
8729 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
8730 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8731 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8732 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8733 relocations against the text segment. */
8734 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8738 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8740 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
8741 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
8742 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
8743 it will be left as zero.
8745 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
8746 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
8748 For an executable, we only need to copy this
8749 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
8751 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8752 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
8753 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8754 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
8755 are relocations against the text segment. */
8756 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
8760 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8761 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8762 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8766 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8767 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
8768 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8769 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8770 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8771 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
8772 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
8773 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8774 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8775 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8778 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
8779 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
8780 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
8781 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8785 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
8786 used. Record for later use during GC. */
8787 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
8788 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
8790 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8798 /* Record the need for a PLT entry. At this point we don't know
8799 yet if we are going to create a PLT in the first place, but
8800 we only record whether the relocation requires a standard MIPS
8801 or a compressed code entry anyway. If we don't make a PLT after
8802 all, then we'll just ignore these arrangements. Likewise if
8803 a PLT entry is not created because the symbol is satisfied
8806 && (branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
8807 || mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
8808 || micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
8809 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8811 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8812 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (abfd
);
8813 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8816 if (branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
8817 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
8819 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
8822 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
8823 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
8824 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
8825 when processing the stub's relocations. */
8827 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type
)
8828 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec
))
8830 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
8832 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8833 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8836 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
8837 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
8838 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
8839 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
8840 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
8841 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8848 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
8849 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
8850 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
8851 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
8852 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
8853 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
8854 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
8857 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
8858 and has a special meaning. */
8859 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd
) && h
!= NULL
8860 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_gp_disp") == 0)
8863 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
8864 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8871 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8872 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8873 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8874 (_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
8876 (h
) ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "a local symbol");
8877 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8889 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
8890 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
8893 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
8894 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
8895 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8896 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8898 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
8899 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
8900 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
8902 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
8905 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
))
8908 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8909 link_info
->keep_memory
);
8910 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
8913 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
8914 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8915 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8916 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8918 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
8921 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
8922 unsigned int r_type
;
8923 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8925 unsigned long instruction
;
8927 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
8928 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
8929 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
8930 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8931 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
8934 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8935 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
8936 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
8938 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
8939 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8940 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8942 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8943 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8944 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8946 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
8948 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8949 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8950 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
8951 || (bfd_link_pic (link_info
) && ! link_info
->symbolic
8952 && !h
->root
.forced_local
))
8955 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
8956 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
8957 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
8958 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8959 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
8961 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
8965 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
8967 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
8968 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
8970 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
8971 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8972 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
8973 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
8975 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8979 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
8980 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8982 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
8983 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
8984 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
8985 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
8988 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
8989 symval
= isym
->st_value
8990 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8991 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8994 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
8996 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
8997 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
8999 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
9000 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
9005 /* Check that it's in range. */
9006 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
9009 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
9010 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
9013 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
9015 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
9016 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
9017 instruction
= 0x04110000;
9018 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
9019 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
9020 instruction
= 0x10000000;
9024 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
9025 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
9026 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
9029 if (contents
!= NULL
9030 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
9032 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
9036 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
9037 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
9043 if (contents
!= NULL
9044 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
9049 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9052 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9054 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
9056 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9057 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9059 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9060 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9062 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9063 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9065 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
9066 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
9067 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9070 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
9071 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
9072 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9075 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
9076 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
9077 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
9078 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
9079 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
9080 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
9081 || (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
9082 || bfd_link_pic (info
)))
9084 bfd_boolean do_copy
= TRUE
;
9086 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9088 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
9089 non-default visibility. */
9090 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
9093 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
9095 else if (h
->dynindx
== -1 && !h
->forced_local
)
9097 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
9104 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
9105 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
9106 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
9107 relocations against it.
9109 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
9110 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
9112 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
9114 if (hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
9115 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
9116 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
9119 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
9120 (dynobj
, info
, hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
9121 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
9122 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
9123 against the text segment. */
9124 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9131 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
9132 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
9133 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
9134 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
9138 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9139 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9142 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9143 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9145 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9146 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9148 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9149 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9151 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
9152 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
9154 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
9157 && !h
->def_regular
)));
9159 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9161 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
9162 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
9163 only do this if all references to the function are through call
9164 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
9165 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
9167 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
9168 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
9169 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9171 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9174 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
9175 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
9176 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
9177 executable and the shared library. */
9178 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9180 hmips
->needs_lazy_stub
= TRUE
;
9181 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9185 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
9186 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
9188 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
9189 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
9190 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
9191 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
9192 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
9193 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
9194 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
9195 else if (((h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9196 || (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
&& hmips
->has_static_relocs
))
9197 && htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
9198 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
9199 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
9200 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
9202 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9203 bfd_boolean newabi_p
= NEWABI_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9205 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, then make some
9206 basic setup. Also work out PLT entry sizes. We'll need them
9207 for PLT offset calculations. */
9208 if (htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
== 0)
9210 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9211 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_got_index
== 0);
9213 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
9214 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
9215 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
9216 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
9217 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
9218 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->splt
, 5))
9221 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
9222 for the same reason as above. */
9223 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->sgotplt
,
9224 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
9227 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
9229 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
9231 += (get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->got_header_size
9232 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9234 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
9235 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
9236 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9237 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9239 /* Now work out the sizes of individual PLT entries. */
9240 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9241 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9242 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
);
9243 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9244 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9245 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
);
9247 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9248 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9249 else if (!micromips_p
)
9251 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9252 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9253 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9254 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9256 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9258 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9259 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9260 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9261 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9265 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9266 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9267 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9268 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9272 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9273 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (dynobj
);
9274 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9277 /* There are no defined MIPS16 or microMIPS PLT entries for VxWorks,
9278 n32 or n64, so always use a standard entry there.
9280 If the symbol has a MIPS16 call stub and gets a PLT entry, then
9281 all MIPS16 calls will go via that stub, and there is no benefit
9282 to having a MIPS16 entry. And in the case of call_stub a
9283 standard entry actually has to be used as the stub ends with a J
9288 || hmips
->call_fp_stub
)
9290 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9291 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= FALSE
;
9294 /* Otherwise, if there are no direct calls to the function, we
9295 have a free choice of whether to use standard or compressed
9296 entries. Prefer microMIPS entries if the object is known to
9297 contain microMIPS code, so that it becomes possible to create
9298 pure microMIPS binaries. Prefer standard entries otherwise,
9299 because MIPS16 ones are no smaller and are usually slower. */
9300 if (!h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
&& !h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9303 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
9305 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9308 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
)
9310 h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
= htab
->plt_mips_offset
;
9311 htab
->plt_mips_offset
+= htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
;
9313 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9315 h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
= htab
->plt_comp_offset
;
9316 htab
->plt_comp_offset
+= htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
;
9319 /* Reserve the corresponding .got.plt entry now too. */
9320 h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
= htab
->plt_got_index
++;
9322 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
9323 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
9324 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
) && !h
->def_regular
)
9325 hmips
->use_plt_entry
= TRUE
;
9327 /* Make room for the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
9328 htab
->srelplt
->size
+= (htab
->is_vxworks
9329 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
)
9330 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
));
9332 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
9333 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9334 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9336 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9337 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
9338 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9343 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
9344 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
9345 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
9346 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
9348 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9349 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
9350 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9351 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9355 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
9356 in regular objects. */
9360 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
9361 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
9362 if (!hmips
->has_static_relocs
)
9365 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
9366 some that we can't convert. */
9367 if (!htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
|| bfd_link_pic (info
))
9369 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
9370 "dynamic symbol %s"),
9371 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9372 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9376 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
9377 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
9378 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
9379 object will contain position independent code, so all references
9380 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
9381 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
9382 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
9383 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
9384 same memory location for the variable. */
9386 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9388 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9389 htab
->srelbss
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9391 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
9395 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9396 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
9397 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9399 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, htab
->sdynbss
);
9402 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
9403 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
9404 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
9407 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9408 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9411 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9412 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9414 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9415 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9417 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
9418 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
9420 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, sect
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
9422 /* The .MIPS.abiflags section has a fixed size. */
9423 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
9425 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, sect
, sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
9428 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9430 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
9431 mips_elf_check_symbols
, &hti
);
9438 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
9441 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9445 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
9446 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
9447 bfd_size_type page_gotno
;
9449 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
9450 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9452 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9453 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9459 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9462 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
9463 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
9464 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== 0);
9465 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9466 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 3;
9468 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 2;
9469 g
->local_gotno
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9470 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9472 /* Decide which symbols need to go in the global part of the GOT and
9473 count the number of reloc-only GOT symbols. */
9474 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_count_got_symbols
, info
);
9476 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (info
, g
))
9479 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
9480 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
9482 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9484 asection
*subsection
;
9486 for (subsection
= ibfd
->sections
;
9488 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
9490 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
9492 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
9493 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
9497 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9498 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
9499 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
9500 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
9503 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
9504 sections. Is 5 enough? */
9505 page_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
9507 /* Choose the smaller of the two page estimates; both are intended to be
9509 if (page_gotno
> g
->page_gotno
)
9510 page_gotno
= g
->page_gotno
;
9512 g
->local_gotno
+= page_gotno
;
9513 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
9515 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9516 s
->size
+= g
->global_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9517 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9519 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
9520 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
9522 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
))
9524 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, s
, page_gotno
))
9529 /* Record that all bfds use G. This also has the effect of freeing
9530 the per-bfd GOTs, which we no longer need. */
9531 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9532 if (mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
))
9533 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (ibfd
, g
);
9534 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (output_bfd
, g
);
9536 /* Set up TLS entries. */
9537 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
9540 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9541 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
9544 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
9545 == g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
);
9547 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
9548 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9549 g
->relocs
+= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9551 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
9553 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, g
->relocs
);
9559 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
9562 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9564 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9565 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
9567 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9568 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9570 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9573 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
9574 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
9575 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9577 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
9578 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
9579 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
9581 dynsymcount
= (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
9582 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
));
9584 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. There's no disadvantage
9585 from using microMIPS code here, so for the sake of pure-microMIPS
9586 binaries we prefer it whenever there's any microMIPS code in
9587 output produced at all. This has a benefit of stubs being
9588 shorter by 4 bytes each too, unless in the insn32 mode. */
9589 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
9590 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9591 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9592 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9593 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9594 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9595 ? MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9596 : MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9598 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9599 ? MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9600 : MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9602 htab
->sstubs
->size
= htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
;
9605 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9606 mips_htab_traverse_info. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding
9607 stub, allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
9610 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9612 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
= data
;
9613 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9614 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9618 output_bfd
= hti
->output_bfd
;
9619 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9620 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9622 if (h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
9624 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9625 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9626 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9628 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
9629 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9630 h
->root
.plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (htab
->sstubs
->owner
);
9631 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9636 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sstubs
;
9637 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sstubs
->size
+ isa_bit
;
9638 h
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
;
9639 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9640 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9645 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
9646 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
9649 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9651 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
9652 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9653 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9654 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9655 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9656 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9657 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9660 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9661 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9663 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9666 htab
->sstubs
->size
= 0;
9668 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9670 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub
, &hti
);
9673 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9674 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
9675 == htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
);
9677 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9678 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9679 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->sstubs
, "_MIPS_STUBS_");
9682 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9689 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9690 bfd_link_info. If H uses the address of a PLT entry as the value
9691 of the symbol, then set the entry in the symbol table now. Prefer
9692 a standard MIPS PLT entry. */
9695 mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9697 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= data
;
9698 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9699 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9704 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9705 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9707 if (h
->use_plt_entry
)
9709 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
9710 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
9711 || h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
9713 val
= htab
->plt_header_size
;
9714 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
9717 val
+= h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
9723 val
+= htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
;
9724 other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: STO_MIPS16
;
9727 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy
9728 resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical function
9730 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9733 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->splt
;
9734 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
9735 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9741 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9744 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9745 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9748 asection
*s
, *sreldyn
;
9749 bfd_boolean reltext
;
9750 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9752 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9753 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9754 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9755 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9757 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9759 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9760 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
9762 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
9763 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9765 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
9767 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
9770 /* Figure out the size of the PLT header if we know that we
9771 are using it. For the sake of cache alignment always use
9772 a standard header whenever any standard entries are present
9773 even if microMIPS entries are present as well. This also
9774 lets the microMIPS header rely on the value of $v0 only set
9775 by microMIPS entries, for a small size reduction.
9777 Set symbol table entry values for symbols that use the
9778 address of their PLT entry now that we can calculate it.
9780 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol if we
9781 haven't already in _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections. */
9782 if (htab
->splt
&& htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
!= 0)
9784 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= (MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
)
9785 && !htab
->plt_mips_offset
);
9786 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9787 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9788 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9791 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
9792 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9793 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
->size
== 0);
9795 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9796 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
);
9797 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9798 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
);
9799 else if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
9800 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
);
9801 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
9802 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9803 else if (!micromips_p
)
9804 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9805 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9806 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9808 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9810 htab
->plt_header_is_comp
= micromips_p
;
9811 htab
->plt_header_size
= size
;
9812 htab
->splt
->size
= (size
9813 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
9814 + htab
->plt_comp_offset
);
9815 htab
->sgotplt
->size
= (htab
->plt_got_index
9816 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9818 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
, info
);
9820 if (htab
->root
.hplt
== NULL
)
9822 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->splt
,
9823 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
9824 htab
->root
.hplt
= h
;
9829 h
= htab
->root
.hplt
;
9830 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9836 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9837 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->root
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
9839 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd
, info
);
9841 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd
, info
))
9844 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info
);
9846 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
9847 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
9850 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9854 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
9855 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
9856 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
9858 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
9861 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rel"))
9865 const char *outname
;
9868 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
9869 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
9870 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
9871 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
9872 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
9874 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
9876 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
9878 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
9879 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9880 || strcmp (outname
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
9883 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
9884 to copy relocs into the output file. */
9885 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) != 0)
9888 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
9889 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
9890 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
9891 will move them around between input sections'
9892 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
9893 broken, so don't let it run. */
9894 info
->combreloc
= 0;
9897 else if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
9898 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
9899 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rld_map"))
9901 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
9902 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
9903 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9905 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9906 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".compact_rel"))
9907 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
9908 else if (s
== htab
->splt
)
9910 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
9911 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
9912 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
9913 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
)
9914 && ! htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> 0)
9917 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".init")
9919 && s
!= htab
->sgotplt
9920 && s
!= htab
->sstubs
9921 && s
!= htab
->sdynbss
)
9923 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
9929 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
9933 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
9936 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
9937 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
9938 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
9940 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
9945 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9947 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
9948 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
9949 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
9950 the .dynamic section. */
9952 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
9953 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
9954 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools
9955 may only look at the first one they see. */
9956 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
9957 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
9960 if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
9961 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
, 0))
9964 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
9965 used by the debugger. */
9966 if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
9967 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9968 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
9971 if (reltext
&& (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
) || htab
->is_vxworks
))
9972 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9974 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
9976 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
9979 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
9980 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
9981 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
9982 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
9983 info
->flags
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
9986 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
9989 sreldyn
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
9990 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9992 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
9993 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
9994 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
9996 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELA
, 0))
9999 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELASZ
, 0))
10002 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELAENT
, 0))
10008 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
10010 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
10013 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
10016 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
10020 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
10023 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
10026 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
10029 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
10032 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
10035 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
10038 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
10041 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
10042 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
10045 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
10046 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
10047 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
10048 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
10051 if (htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
10053 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTREL
, 0))
10056 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_JMPREL
, 0))
10059 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0))
10062 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
, 0))
10065 if (htab
->is_vxworks
10066 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
10073 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
10074 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
10075 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
10076 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
10079 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10080 bfd
*input_bfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
10081 asection
**local_sections
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
10083 unsigned int r_type
, r_symndx
;
10084 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
10087 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
10089 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10090 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10091 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
10092 || literal_reloc_p (r_type
))
10094 rel
->r_addend
+= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
10095 rel
->r_addend
-= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
);
10098 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10099 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
10101 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
10102 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
10104 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
10105 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
10108 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
10109 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10110 rel
->r_addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
10114 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
10115 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
10116 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
10117 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
10118 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
10119 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
10120 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
10121 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
10122 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
10123 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
10124 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
10126 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
10127 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
10128 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
10131 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10132 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10133 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
10134 Elf_Internal_Rela
**rel
,
10135 const Elf_Internal_Rela
**relend
,
10136 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
,
10137 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
10138 bfd_byte
*contents
)
10140 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10141 int count
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10142 unsigned int r_type
;
10145 for (i
= count
- 1; i
> 0; i
--)
10147 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, (*rel
)[i
].r_info
);
10148 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_NONE
)
10150 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
10156 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
10157 (*rel
), count
, (*relend
),
10158 howto
, i
, contents
);
10163 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
10166 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10167 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
10168 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
10169 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
10170 asection
**local_sections
)
10172 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
10173 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
10174 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
10175 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
10176 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
10178 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10179 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10180 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
10184 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
10185 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
= FALSE
;
10186 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
10188 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
10189 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10191 unsigned long r_symndx
;
10193 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10194 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10195 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
;
10197 rel_reloc
= (NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
10198 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10200 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
10201 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
10203 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10204 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10205 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
10207 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
10212 unsigned long extsymoff
;
10215 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10216 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10217 h
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
10218 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10219 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10220 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10223 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10224 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10225 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10228 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
10230 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10231 input_section
, &rel
, &relend
,
10232 rel_reloc
, howto
, contents
);
10236 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
10238 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
10239 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
10240 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
10241 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
10242 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
10243 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
10244 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
10246 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
10248 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10249 rel
->r_offset
+= 4;
10252 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
10254 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
10255 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
10256 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
10257 RELA relocation. */
10258 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10261 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
10262 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
,
10264 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10265 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10266 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
10269 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
, relend
,
10270 contents
, &addend
))
10273 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10275 name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
10276 local_syms
+ r_symndx
,
10278 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10279 (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
10280 input_bfd
, input_section
, name
, howto
->name
,
10285 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
10288 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
10289 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10290 local_syms
, local_sections
, rel
);
10293 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
10295 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
10296 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10297 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10299 if (!rela_relocation_p
&& rel
->r_addend
)
10301 addend
+= rel
->r_addend
;
10302 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
10303 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
10304 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
10305 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
10306 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
10307 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
10309 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
10311 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
10312 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
10313 source of the addend in the final link. */
10314 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
10316 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10317 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10318 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
10319 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
10320 but for endianness. */
10326 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10328 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10335 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10336 do two separate stores. */
10337 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10339 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10341 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10342 high_bits
= addend
;
10347 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10349 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10350 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10351 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10352 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10356 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
10357 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10362 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
10366 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
10367 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
10368 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
10370 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
10371 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
10372 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
10373 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
10375 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
10377 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
10378 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
10379 input_section
, info
, rel
,
10380 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
10381 local_sections
, &value
,
10382 &name
, &cross_mode_jump_p
,
10383 use_saved_addend_p
))
10385 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
10386 /* There's nothing to do. */
10389 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
10390 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
10391 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
10392 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
10393 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
10396 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
10397 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
10398 info
->callbacks
->warning
10399 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10402 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
10403 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10404 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
10405 a given location. */
10409 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10411 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10412 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10413 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
10414 if (!htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
10415 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto
->type
)
10416 || literal_reloc_p (howto
->type
)))
10418 msg
= _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
10419 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
10421 htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
= TRUE
;
10422 (*info
->callbacks
->einfo
) ("%P: %s\n", msg
);
10424 (*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
10425 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
10426 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10433 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
10435 if (jal_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10436 msg
= (cross_mode_jump_p
10437 ? _("Cannot convert a jump to JALX "
10438 "for a non-word-aligned address")
10439 : (howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_26
10440 ? _("Jump to a non-word-aligned address")
10441 : _("Jump to a non-instruction-aligned address")));
10442 else if (b_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10443 msg
= (cross_mode_jump_p
10444 ? _("Cannot convert a branch to JALX "
10445 "for a non-word-aligned address")
10446 : _("Branch to a non-instruction-aligned address"));
10447 else if (aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10448 msg
= _("PC-relative load from unaligned address");
10451 info
->callbacks
->einfo
10452 ("%X%H: %s\n", input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, msg
);
10455 /* Fall through. */
10462 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
10463 until we reach the last one. */
10464 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10470 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10471 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10472 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
10473 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
10474 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
10475 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
10476 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
10477 only a 32-bit VMA. */
10483 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10485 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10492 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10493 do two separate stores. */
10494 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10496 /* Undo what we did above. */
10497 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10498 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10500 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10506 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10508 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10509 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10510 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10511 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10515 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
10516 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
10517 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10518 contents
, cross_mode_jump_p
))
10525 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
10526 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
10529 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot
, void *data
)
10531 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
10532 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10533 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
;
10536 bfd_vma offset
, target
, target_high
, target_low
;
10538 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
10539 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
10540 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (hti
->info
);
10541 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10543 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
10544 s
= stub
->stub_section
;
10548 loc
= bfd_malloc (s
->size
);
10557 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
10558 offset
= stub
->offset
;
10560 /* Work out the target address. */
10561 target
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
10562 target
+= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10564 target_high
= ((target
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10565 target_low
= (target
& 0xffff);
10567 if (stub
->stub_section
!= htab
->strampoline
)
10569 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
10570 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
10571 memset (loc
, 0, offset
);
10573 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10575 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10576 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
),
10578 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10579 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
),
10584 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10585 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 4);
10590 /* This is trampoline. */
10592 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10594 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10595 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
), loc
);
10596 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10597 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target
), loc
+ 4);
10598 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10599 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10600 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10604 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10605 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_J (target
), loc
+ 4);
10606 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10607 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10613 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
10614 adjust it appropriately now. */
10617 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10618 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10620 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
10621 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
10622 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
10625 "__dso_displacement",
10627 "__program_header_table",
10631 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
10639 const char* const *p
;
10642 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
10643 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
10646 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
10648 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
10650 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10651 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10653 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
10655 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
10657 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10663 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
10664 dynamic sections here. */
10667 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10668 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10669 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
10670 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10674 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
10677 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10678 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
10680 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10681 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10682 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10683 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
10685 BFD_ASSERT (!htab
->is_vxworks
);
10687 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
10688 && (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
10689 || h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
))
10691 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
10693 bfd_vma header_address
, got_address
;
10694 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
, load
;
10698 got_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
10700 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10701 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10702 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
10703 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
10704 BFD_ASSERT (!h
->def_regular
);
10706 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10707 isa_bit
= htab
->plt_header_is_comp
;
10708 header_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
10709 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
+ isa_bit
);
10711 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10712 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
10713 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
10714 + got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10716 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10717 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
10719 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
10720 loc
= (htab
->sgotplt
->contents
+ got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10721 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10722 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10724 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10726 /* Now handle the PLT itself. First the standard entry (the order
10727 does not matter, we just have to pick one). */
10728 if (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10730 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10731 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10733 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
10735 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
10737 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10738 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10740 /* Pick the load opcode. */
10741 load
= MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd
);
10743 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10745 if (MIPSR6_P (output_bfd
))
10746 plt_entry
= mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
;
10748 plt_entry
= mips_exec_plt_entry
;
10749 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_address_high
, loc
);
10750 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_address_low
| load
,
10753 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
))
10755 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 8);
10756 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
10760 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 8);
10761 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
,
10766 /* Now the compressed entry. They come after any standard ones. */
10767 if (h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10769 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10771 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_header_size
+ htab
->plt_mips_offset
10772 + h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
);
10774 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
10776 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10777 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10779 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10780 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
10782 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10784 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10785 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], loc
+ 2);
10786 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10787 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
10788 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10789 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10790 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, got_address
, loc
+ 12);
10792 else if (htab
->insn32
)
10794 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10796 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10797 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_high
, loc
+ 2);
10798 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10799 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 6);
10800 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10801 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10802 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 12);
10803 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 14);
10807 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10808 bfd_signed_vma gotpc_offset
;
10809 bfd_vma loc_address
;
10811 BFD_ASSERT (got_address
% 4 == 0);
10813 loc_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
10814 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
+ plt_offset
);
10815 gotpc_offset
= got_address
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
10817 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
10818 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
10820 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10821 (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' "
10822 "beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
10824 htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
,
10825 htab
->splt
->output_section
,
10826 (long) gotpc_offset
);
10827 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
10830 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
10831 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
10832 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
10833 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10834 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
10835 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10836 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10840 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10841 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, htab
->srelplt
,
10842 got_index
- 2, h
->dynindx
,
10843 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
, got_address
);
10845 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
10846 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
10847 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
10848 binary where pointer equality matters. */
10849 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10850 if (h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
10851 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PLT (sym
->st_other
);
10859 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10861 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
10862 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
10863 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
10864 bfd_vma stub_size
= htab
->function_stub_size
;
10865 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
];
10866 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
10867 bfd_vma stub_big_size
;
10870 stub_big_size
= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10871 else if (htab
->insn32
)
10872 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10874 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10876 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
10878 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10880 BFD_ASSERT (stub_size
== stub_big_size
|| h
->dynindx
<= 0xffff);
10882 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
10883 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
10885 if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fffffff)
10888 /* Fill the stub. */
10892 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
),
10897 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10898 STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10903 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10906 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10908 long dynindx_hi
= (h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff;
10910 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10911 STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS (dynindx_hi
),
10917 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS
,
10923 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10927 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10928 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10929 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10930 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10931 STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10933 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10934 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10935 STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10938 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10939 STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
,
10946 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
10948 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE
, stub
+ idx
);
10950 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10952 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LUI ((h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff),
10956 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ idx
);
10959 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10960 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10961 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10962 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_ORI (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10964 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10965 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16U (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10968 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
),
10972 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
<= htab
->sstubs
->size
);
10973 memcpy (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
,
10976 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. stub_offset != -1 occurs
10977 only for the referenced symbol. */
10978 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10980 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
10981 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
10982 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
10983 sym
->st_value
= (htab
->sstubs
->output_section
->vma
10984 + htab
->sstubs
->output_offset
10985 + h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
10987 sym
->st_other
= other
;
10990 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
10991 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
10993 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hmips
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
10995 BFD_ASSERT (hmips
->need_fn_stub
);
10996 sym
->st_value
= (hmips
->fn_stub
->output_section
->vma
10997 + hmips
->fn_stub
->output_offset
);
10998 sym
->st_size
= hmips
->fn_stub
->size
;
10999 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
);
11002 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
11003 || h
->forced_local
);
11006 g
= htab
->got_info
;
11007 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11009 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
11010 the symbols that need them. */
11011 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
11016 value
= sym
->st_value
;
11017 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
11018 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11021 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
&& g
->next
)
11023 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
11029 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
11032 e
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_NONE
;
11034 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
11037 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
11040 offset
= p
->gotidx
;
11041 BFD_ASSERT (offset
> 0 && offset
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
11042 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
11043 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
11045 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
11046 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
11048 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
11049 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
11050 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
11051 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
11052 appropriate addend. */
11053 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
11055 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
11056 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11057 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
11059 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
11060 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
11063 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
11064 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
11065 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
11069 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
11070 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11075 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
11076 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
11077 if (h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
11078 || h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
)
11079 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11080 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
11081 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
11083 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11084 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11087 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
11089 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11090 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11091 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
11093 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
11095 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
11096 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
11098 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11099 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
11101 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
11103 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
11105 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11106 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
11107 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
11108 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11110 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
11112 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
11113 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
11114 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
11115 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
11119 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11125 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11126 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11128 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11129 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11130 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11131 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11132 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, s
, s
->reloc_count
++,
11133 h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
, symval
);
11136 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
11137 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
11138 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
11140 /* Keep dynamic compressed symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker
11141 to treat compressed symbols like any other. */
11142 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
))
11144 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
11145 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MIPS16
;
11147 else if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
))
11149 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
11150 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MICROMIPS
;
11156 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
11159 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11160 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11161 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
11162 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
11166 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
11167 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11168 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
11170 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11171 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11172 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11173 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
11175 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
11178 bfd_vma plt_address
, got_address
, got_offset
, branch_offset
;
11179 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11180 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11181 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
11182 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
11184 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
11185 gotplt_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
11187 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11188 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
11189 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
11190 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
11192 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
11193 plt_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
11194 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
11197 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
11198 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11199 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
11200 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11202 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
11203 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11204 got_offset
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, h
);
11206 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
11207 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
11208 branch_offset
= -(plt_offset
/ 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
11210 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
11211 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_address
,
11212 (htab
->sgotplt
->contents
11213 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
)));
11215 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
11216 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
11218 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11220 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
;
11221 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11222 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11226 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
;
11228 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
;
11229 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11230 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
11232 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11233 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11234 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_high
, loc
+ 8);
11235 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
11236 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11237 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11238 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11239 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11241 loc
= (htab
->srelplt2
->contents
11242 + (gotplt_index
* 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11244 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
11245 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11246 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11247 rel
.r_addend
= plt_offset
;
11248 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11250 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
11251 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11252 rel
.r_offset
= plt_address
+ 8;
11253 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11254 rel
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
11255 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11257 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
11258 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11260 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11261 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11264 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
11265 loc
= (htab
->srelplt
->contents
11266 + gotplt_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11267 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11268 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
);
11270 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11272 if (!h
->def_regular
)
11273 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11276 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1 || h
->forced_local
);
11279 g
= htab
->got_info
;
11280 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11282 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
11283 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
11286 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
11290 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
11291 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
11292 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, sym
->st_value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11294 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
11295 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11296 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11297 outrel
.r_offset
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
11298 + sgot
->output_offset
11300 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11301 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
11302 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj
, &outrel
, loc
);
11305 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11308 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11310 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11312 rel
.r_offset
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11313 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11314 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11315 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
);
11317 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
,
11318 htab
->srelbss
->contents
11319 + (htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
11320 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
11321 ++htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
;
11324 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
11325 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
11326 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
11331 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
11334 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11337 bfd_vma gotplt_value
, gotplt_value_high
, gotplt_value_low
;
11338 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11339 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11341 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11342 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11344 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11345 plt_entry
= mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
;
11346 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
11347 plt_entry
= mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11348 else if (!htab
->plt_header_is_comp
)
11349 plt_entry
= mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11350 else if (htab
->insn32
)
11351 plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11353 plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11355 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
11356 gotplt_value
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11357 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
);
11358 gotplt_value_high
= ((gotplt_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11359 gotplt_value_low
= gotplt_value
& 0xffff;
11361 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
11362 not be loaded in two instructions. */
11363 BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x7fffffff) == 0
11364 || ~(gotplt_value
| 0x7fffffff) == 0);
11366 /* Install the PLT header. */
11367 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
11368 if (plt_entry
== micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11370 bfd_vma gotpc_offset
;
11371 bfd_vma loc_address
;
11374 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_value
% 4 == 0);
11376 loc_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
11377 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
);
11378 gotpc_offset
= gotplt_value
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
11380 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
11381 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
11383 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11384 (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
11386 htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
,
11387 htab
->splt
->output_section
,
11388 (long) gotpc_offset
);
11389 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
11392 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
11393 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
11394 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
11395 for (i
= 2; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11396 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11398 else if (plt_entry
== micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11402 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
11403 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_high
, loc
+ 2);
11404 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
11405 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 6);
11406 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
11407 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 10);
11408 for (i
= 6; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11409 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11413 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | gotplt_value_high
, loc
);
11414 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11415 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 8);
11416 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11417 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11418 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11419 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11420 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11426 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
11427 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
11430 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11432 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
11434 bfd_vma got_value
, got_value_high
, got_value_low
, plt_address
;
11435 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11436 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11438 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11439 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11441 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
;
11443 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11444 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11445 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11446 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11448 got_value_high
= ((got_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11449 got_value_low
= got_value
& 0xffff;
11451 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
11452 plt_address
= htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->splt
->output_offset
;
11454 /* Install the PLT header. */
11455 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
11456 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_value_high
, loc
);
11457 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11458 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 8);
11459 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11460 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11461 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11463 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11464 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
11465 rela
.r_offset
= plt_address
;
11466 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11468 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11469 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11471 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
11472 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11473 rela
.r_offset
+= 4;
11474 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11475 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11476 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11478 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
11479 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
11480 in which symbols were output. */
11481 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
11483 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11485 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11486 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11487 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11488 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11490 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11491 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11492 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11493 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11495 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11496 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11497 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11498 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11502 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
11505 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11508 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11510 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11511 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11513 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
11514 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11515 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[i
],
11516 htab
->splt
->contents
+ i
* 4);
11519 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
11522 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11523 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11528 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
11529 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11531 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11532 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11534 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11536 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
11539 gg
= htab
->got_info
;
11541 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11544 int dyn_to_skip
= 0, dyn_skipped
= 0;
11546 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11547 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
11549 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (output_bfd
, FALSE
);
11550 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11552 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11553 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11554 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11556 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11560 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11562 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11563 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11565 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11571 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
11575 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
11576 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
);
11580 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
11582 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
11587 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11590 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
11592 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11595 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
11596 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
11599 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
11600 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
11603 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
11607 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= t
;
11611 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
11613 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11616 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
11618 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11621 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
11622 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
11623 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
11624 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
11627 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
11628 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
11631 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
11632 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
11633 entry of the first external symbol that is not
11634 referenced within the same object. */
11635 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
11638 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
11639 if (htab
->global_gotsym
)
11641 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
11644 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
11645 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
11646 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
11648 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
11650 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11651 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
11654 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
11656 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 0;
11659 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
11660 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
11663 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
11665 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11666 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11669 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11670 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11673 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11675 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP tag stores the absolute address of the
11677 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11678 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11682 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
:
11684 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11685 bfd_vma dt_addr
, rld_addr
;
11686 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11689 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11690 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11693 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11695 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL tag stores the offset to the debug
11696 pointer, relative to the address of the tag. */
11697 dt_addr
= (sdyn
->output_section
->vma
+ sdyn
->output_offset
11698 + (b
- sdyn
->contents
));
11699 rld_addr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11700 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11701 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= rld_addr
- dt_addr
;
11705 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
11706 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
11707 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
11708 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
11712 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
11713 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
11715 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
11719 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11720 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11721 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_RELA
;
11723 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_REL
;
11727 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11728 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
11732 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11733 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
11734 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
);
11738 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
11739 the dynamic tag. */
11740 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11742 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11743 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11748 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
11749 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
11750 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11751 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
11753 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11757 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11758 if (htab
->is_vxworks
11759 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
11764 if (swap_out_p
|| dyn_skipped
)
11765 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
11766 (dynobj
, &dyn
, b
- dyn_skipped
);
11770 dyn_skipped
+= dyn_to_skip
;
11775 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
11776 if (dyn_skipped
> 0)
11777 memset (b
- dyn_skipped
, 0, dyn_skipped
);
11780 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0
11781 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot
->output_section
))
11783 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11785 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
11786 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
11787 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
11788 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
11789 to the lazy resolution stub. */
11790 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
,
11791 sdyn
->output_offset
+ sdyn
->output_section
->vma
,
11793 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
11794 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11795 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
11797 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11801 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
11802 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
11803 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
11804 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
11805 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
11806 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11809 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
11810 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11813 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
11814 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
11816 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
11817 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
11819 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
11820 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
11822 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
11824 bfd_vma got_index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
11825 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
11827 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
11828 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11829 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
11831 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11833 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
11836 for (; got_index
< g
->local_gotno
; got_index
++)
11838 if (got_index
>= g
->assigned_low_gotno
11839 && got_index
<= g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
11842 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
11843 = got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11844 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
11845 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
11846 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
11847 0, &addend
, sgot
)))
11849 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
11854 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
11855 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
11858 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11861 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11863 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11865 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11866 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11867 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11869 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11872 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11873 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11875 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11881 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
11882 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
11883 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
11884 are trailing null entries. */
11885 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11886 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
11887 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
11888 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
11889 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
11890 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
11891 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
11892 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_size
11897 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11902 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
11909 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
11911 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
11913 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
11914 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
11918 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
11920 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
11921 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
11924 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
11925 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
11928 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
11929 if (htab
->sstubs
!= NULL
)
11931 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
11933 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
>= htab
->function_stub_size
);
11934 dummy_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
- htab
->function_stub_size
;
11935 memset (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
11936 htab
->function_stub_size
);
11941 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
11942 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
11943 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
11944 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
11945 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
11947 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11949 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
11951 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
11953 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11954 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
11955 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
),
11956 sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
11958 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
11959 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
),
11960 sort_dynamic_relocs
);
11965 if (htab
->splt
&& htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
11967 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11969 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11970 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
11972 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
11976 BFD_ASSERT (!bfd_link_pic (info
));
11977 if (!mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
))
11985 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
11988 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
11992 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
11995 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
11996 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
11999 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
12000 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
12003 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
12004 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
12007 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
12008 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
12009 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
12010 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
12011 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
12014 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
12015 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
12018 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
12019 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
12022 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
12023 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
12026 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
12027 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
12030 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
12031 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
12034 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
12035 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
12038 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
12039 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
12042 case bfd_mach_mips5900
:
12043 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_5900
;
12046 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
12047 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
12050 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
12051 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
12052 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
12053 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
12054 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
12055 case bfd_mach_mips14000
:
12056 case bfd_mach_mips16000
:
12057 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
12060 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
12061 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
12064 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
:
12065 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
;
12068 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
:
12069 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
;
12072 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
12073 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
12076 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
:
12077 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
;
12080 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
:
12081 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
:
12082 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
;
12085 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
:
12086 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
;
12089 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
:
12090 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
;
12093 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
:
12094 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
;
12097 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
12098 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
12101 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
12102 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
12105 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
12106 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3
:
12107 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r5
:
12108 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
12111 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
12112 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r3
:
12113 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r5
:
12114 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
12117 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
:
12118 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
;
12121 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
:
12122 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
;
12125 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
12126 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
12131 /* Whether to sort relocs output by ld -r or ld --emit-relocs, by r_offset.
12132 Don't do so for code sections. We want to keep ordering of HI16/LO16
12133 as is. On the other hand, elf-eh-frame.c processing requires .eh_frame
12134 relocs to be sorted. */
12137 _bfd_mips_elf_sort_relocs_p (asection
*sec
)
12139 return (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0;
12143 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
12144 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
12145 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
12148 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
12149 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12152 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
12156 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
12157 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
12158 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
12159 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
12160 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
12162 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
12163 info for each special section. */
12164 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
12165 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
12168 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
12170 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM
:
12171 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
12172 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
12174 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12177 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
12178 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12179 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12180 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
12181 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."));
12182 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
12183 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12184 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12187 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
12188 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12189 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12190 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
12191 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"));
12192 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12193 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
12194 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12195 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12198 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
12199 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
12201 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12202 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
12204 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12207 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
12208 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12209 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12210 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
12211 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events"))
12212 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12213 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
12216 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
12217 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12219 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
12221 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12222 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12229 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
12233 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
12234 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12239 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
12240 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12241 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
12244 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS segment. */
12245 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
12248 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
12249 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
12250 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12251 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
12254 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
12255 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
12256 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
12257 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
12260 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
12261 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
12262 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12263 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12269 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
12272 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
12273 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12276 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
12279 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
12281 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12282 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12284 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12285 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
12290 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12294 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
12296 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12298 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12299 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12301 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12302 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12310 /* If there is a .MIPS.abiflags section, we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
12312 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
12313 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12315 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12316 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
12321 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12325 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
12327 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12329 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12330 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12332 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12333 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12341 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
12342 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
12343 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
12345 if (NEWABI_P (abfd
)
12346 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
12347 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
12348 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
12350 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
12352 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
12353 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12358 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
12360 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12362 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12363 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12366 if (*pm
== NULL
|| (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12368 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
12369 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12370 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
12371 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
12372 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
12373 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
12374 options_segment
->count
= 1;
12375 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
12376 *pm
= options_segment
;
12382 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
12384 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
12385 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
12386 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
12387 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
12388 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
12390 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12391 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
12396 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12400 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
12402 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
12407 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
12412 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12415 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
12416 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12417 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
12427 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
12428 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
12430 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
;
12432 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
12435 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
12436 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
12437 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
12438 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
12439 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
12440 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
12441 which might move one of the other sections to a different
12442 PT_LOAD segment. */
12443 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12446 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
12448 static const char *sec_names
[] =
12450 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
12454 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
12456 low
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0;
12458 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
12460 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
12461 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12468 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
12469 high
= s
->vma
+ sz
;
12474 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12475 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12477 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12480 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
12481 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12488 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12490 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12492 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12494 n
->sections
[i
] = s
;
12503 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
12504 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
12506 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
12507 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
12508 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
12509 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
12510 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
12512 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
12513 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
12514 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
12515 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
12516 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
12519 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
12520 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
12522 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12523 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12525 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
; pm
= &(*pm
)->next
)
12526 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
12530 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*m
));
12534 m
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
12542 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
12546 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
12547 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12548 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
12549 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12550 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12552 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
12555 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
12557 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
12558 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
12562 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
12565 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
12568 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12569 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12570 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12571 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12574 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12575 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
12576 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
12577 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
12578 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12579 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12581 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
12584 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12585 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12586 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
12588 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12589 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
12590 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
12592 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
12593 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
12595 case R_MIPS_CALL16
:
12596 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
12597 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
12598 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
12599 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
12600 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
12601 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
12602 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
12603 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
12604 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
12605 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
12606 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
12607 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
12608 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
12609 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
12610 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
12611 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
12612 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
12613 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
12614 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
12625 /* Prevent .MIPS.abiflags from being discarded with --gc-sections. */
12628 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12629 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
12633 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
12635 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12639 if (! is_mips_elf (sub
))
12642 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12644 && MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P
12645 (bfd_get_section_name (sub
, o
)))
12647 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
12655 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
12656 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
12657 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
12658 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
12661 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12662 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
12663 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
12665 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
12667 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info
, dir
, ind
);
12669 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
12670 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
12671 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
12672 definition will be against the target symbol. */
12673 if (indmips
->has_static_relocs
)
12674 dirmips
->has_static_relocs
= TRUE
;
12676 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12679 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
12680 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
12681 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
12682 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
12683 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12684 if (indmips
->fn_stub
)
12686 dirmips
->fn_stub
= indmips
->fn_stub
;
12687 indmips
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
12689 if (indmips
->need_fn_stub
)
12691 dirmips
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12692 indmips
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
12694 if (indmips
->call_stub
)
12696 dirmips
->call_stub
= indmips
->call_stub
;
12697 indmips
->call_stub
= NULL
;
12699 if (indmips
->call_fp_stub
)
12701 dirmips
->call_fp_stub
= indmips
->call_fp_stub
;
12702 indmips
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
12704 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< dirmips
->global_got_area
)
12705 dirmips
->global_got_area
= indmips
->global_got_area
;
12706 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< GGA_NONE
)
12707 indmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
12708 if (indmips
->has_nonpic_branches
)
12709 dirmips
->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
12712 #define PDR_SIZE 32
12715 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12716 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12719 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
12720 unsigned char *tdata
;
12723 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
12728 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
12730 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
12731 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12734 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
12738 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
12739 info
->keep_memory
);
12746 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12747 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
12749 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
12751 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
12760 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
12761 if (o
->rawsize
== 0)
12762 o
->rawsize
= o
->size
;
12763 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
12769 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
12770 free (cookie
->rels
);
12776 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
12778 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
12784 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
12785 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12786 asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
12788 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
12791 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
12794 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
12798 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
12799 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
12801 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
12803 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
12806 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
12809 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
12810 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
12814 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
12815 from output by default for clarity. */
12818 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
12820 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd
, sym
->name
);
12823 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
12824 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
12826 struct mips_elf_find_line
12828 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
12829 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
12833 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
,
12834 asection
*section
, bfd_vma offset
,
12835 const char **filename_ptr
,
12836 const char **functionname_ptr
,
12837 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
12838 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
12842 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
12843 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12844 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
12845 dwarf_debug_sections
,
12846 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
12847 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
12850 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
12851 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12855 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
12858 flagword origflags
;
12859 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
12860 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
12861 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
12863 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
12864 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
12865 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
12866 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
12867 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
12868 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
12870 fi
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
12873 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
12876 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
12877 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
12879 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12882 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12886 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
12888 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12892 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
12893 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
12894 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
12895 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
12897 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12900 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
12901 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
12902 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
12903 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
12904 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
12905 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
12906 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
12908 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
12910 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
12911 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
12912 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
12913 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
12914 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
12915 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
12918 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
12919 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12922 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12926 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12929 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
12931 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
12932 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12933 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
);
12937 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
12938 const char **filename_ptr
,
12939 const char **functionname_ptr
,
12940 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
12943 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
12944 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
12945 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
12950 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
12951 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
12952 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
12955 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
12956 const void *location
,
12957 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
12959 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
12963 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
12965 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
12966 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12967 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
12970 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
12973 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
12976 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
12979 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
12982 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
12986 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
12987 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
12990 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
12992 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
12993 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
12995 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
12998 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
12999 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
13000 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
13003 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
13004 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
13007 if (reloc_size
< 0)
13010 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
13011 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
13014 /* read in the section */
13015 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
13016 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
13019 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
13023 if (reloc_count
< 0)
13026 if (reloc_count
> 0)
13031 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
13034 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
13035 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
13036 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
13037 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
13038 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
13042 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
13043 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
13050 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
13051 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
13052 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
13055 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
13056 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
13058 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
13060 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
13061 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
13063 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
13065 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
13074 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
13076 char *error_message
= NULL
;
13077 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
13079 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
13080 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
13081 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
13083 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
13084 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
13085 to the generic handling. */
13087 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
13088 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
13089 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
13090 input_section
, relocatable
,
13093 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
13095 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
13100 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
13102 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
13103 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
13107 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
13111 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
13112 (*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
13113 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
13114 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
, TRUE
);
13116 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
13117 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
13118 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
13119 (link_info
, error_message
,
13120 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
);
13122 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
13123 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
13125 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
13126 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
13127 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
);
13129 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
13138 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
13139 free (reloc_vector
);
13143 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
13144 free (reloc_vector
);
13149 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd
*abfd
,
13150 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addr
, int count
)
13152 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13153 unsigned int sec_shndx
;
13154 bfd_byte
*contents
;
13155 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
13156 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13157 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
13158 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
13159 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**end_hashes
;
13160 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**start_hashes
;
13161 unsigned int symcount
;
13163 sec_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
13164 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
13166 irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
;
13167 irelend
= irel
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13169 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
13170 memmove (contents
+ addr
, contents
+ addr
+ count
,
13171 (size_t) (sec
->size
- addr
- count
));
13172 sec
->size
-= count
;
13174 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
13175 for (irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13177 /* Get the new reloc address. */
13178 if (irel
->r_offset
> addr
)
13179 irel
->r_offset
-= count
;
13182 BFD_ASSERT (addr
% 2 == 0);
13183 BFD_ASSERT (count
% 2 == 0);
13185 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
13186 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13187 isym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13188 for (isymend
= isym
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
13189 if (isym
->st_shndx
== sec_shndx
&& isym
->st_value
> addr
)
13190 isym
->st_value
-= count
;
13192 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
13193 symcount
= (symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym
)
13194 - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
13195 sym_hashes
= start_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
13196 end_hashes
= sym_hashes
+ symcount
;
13198 for (; sym_hashes
< end_hashes
; sym_hashes
++)
13200 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym_hash
= *sym_hashes
;
13202 if ((sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13203 || sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13204 && sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
)
13206 bfd_vma value
= sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13208 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash
->other
))
13209 value
&= MINUS_TWO
;
13211 sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= count
;
13219 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
13220 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
13222 struct opcode_descriptor
{
13223 unsigned long match
;
13224 unsigned long mask
;
13227 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
13231 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
13233 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13234 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
13236 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
13238 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
13239 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
13242 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
13244 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32
[] = {
13245 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
13246 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
13247 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13250 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32
=
13251 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
13253 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32
=
13254 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
13256 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32
=
13257 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
13259 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32
=
13260 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
13262 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16
=
13263 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
13265 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16
=
13266 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
13269 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
13271 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
13272 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
13273 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
13275 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
13277 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32
[] = {
13278 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
13279 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
13280 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13283 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32
[] = {
13284 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13285 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13286 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13289 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32
[] = {
13290 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
13291 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
13292 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13295 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16
[] = {
13296 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
13297 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
13298 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13301 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
13303 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0xf) + 2)
13304 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 7) << 7)
13307 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13309 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16
=
13310 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
13312 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32
=
13313 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13315 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32
=
13316 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
13318 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32
=
13319 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13321 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32
=
13322 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
13324 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13326 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16
[] = {
13327 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
13329 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13330 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
13332 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
13333 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
13334 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
13335 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13338 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13340 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32
[] = {
13341 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
13343 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13344 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
13345 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13349 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13351 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16
=
13352 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
13354 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32
=
13355 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
13357 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16
=
13358 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
13360 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
13362 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13364 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16
[] = {
13365 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
13367 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
13368 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
13369 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
13370 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13374 /* LUI instruction. */
13376 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn
=
13377 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
13380 /* ADDIU instruction. */
13382 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn
=
13383 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
13385 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn
=
13386 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
13388 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
13389 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
13392 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
13394 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
13395 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
13396 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
13397 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13399 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
13400 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
13402 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32
[] = {
13403 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
13404 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
13405 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13408 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16
=
13409 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
13412 /* NOP instructions. */
13414 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32
=
13415 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
13417 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16
=
13418 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
13421 /* Instruction match support. */
13423 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
13426 find_match (unsigned long opcode
, const struct opcode_descriptor insn
[])
13428 unsigned long indx
;
13430 for (indx
= 0; insn
[indx
].mask
!= 0; indx
++)
13431 if (MATCH (opcode
, insn
[indx
]))
13438 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
13440 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
13441 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13442 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13443 the second half of another instruction. */
13446 check_br16_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13448 unsigned long opcode
;
13451 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13452 if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
) != 0)
13453 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13455 else if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd16
) != 0
13456 || find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_16_bd16
) >= 0)
13457 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13460 /* No delay slot. */
13466 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
13467 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13468 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13469 the second half of another instruction. */
13472 check_br32_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13474 unsigned long opcode
;
13477 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13478 if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd32
) >= 0)
13479 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13481 else if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd16
) >= 0)
13482 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13485 /* No delay slot. */
13491 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
13492 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13495 check_br16 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13497 unsigned long opcode
;
13499 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13500 if (MATCH (opcode
, b_insn_16
)
13502 || (MATCH (opcode
, jr_insn_16
) && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
))
13504 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_16
) && reg
!= BZ16_REG (opcode
))
13505 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
13506 || (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
)
13508 && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
))
13514 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
13515 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13518 check_br32 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13520 unsigned long opcode
;
13522 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13523 if (MATCH (opcode
, j_insn_32
)
13525 || MATCH (opcode
, bc_insn_32
)
13526 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
13527 || (MATCH (opcode
, jal_x_insn_32_bd32
) && reg
!= RA
)
13529 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_32
) && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
))
13530 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
13531 || (MATCH (opcode
, bzal_insn_32
)
13532 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
13533 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
)
13534 || ((MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_32
) || MATCH (opcode
, beq_insn_32
))
13535 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
13536 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= OP32_TREG (opcode
)))
13542 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
13543 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
13544 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13547 check_relocated_bzc (bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
, bfd_vma offset
,
13548 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
13549 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelend
)
13551 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
13552 unsigned long opcode
;
13554 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13555 if (find_match (opcode
, bzc_insns_32
) < 0)
13558 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13559 if (irel
->r_offset
== offset
13560 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
13566 /* Bitsize checking. */
13567 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
13568 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
13569 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
13573 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
13574 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
13575 bfd_boolean
*again
)
13577 bfd_boolean insn32
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
)->insn32
;
13578 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13579 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
13580 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
13581 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
13582 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
13584 /* Assume nothing changes. */
13587 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
13588 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
13591 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
13592 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
13593 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0
13594 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
13597 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13599 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
13600 internal_relocs
= (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
13601 (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
13602 link_info
->keep_memory
));
13603 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13606 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
13607 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13608 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13610 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
13611 unsigned int r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
13612 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
;
13613 unsigned long opcode
;
13619 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
13620 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
13624 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
13626 if (r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13627 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13628 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
13631 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
13632 if (contents
== NULL
)
13634 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
13635 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
13636 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
13637 /* Go get them off disk. */
13638 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
13641 ptr
= contents
+ irel
->r_offset
;
13643 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
13644 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
13646 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13647 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13648 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
13649 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
13651 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13655 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
13656 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
13658 /* A local symbol. */
13659 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13662 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
13663 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
13664 sym_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
13665 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
13666 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13667 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
13668 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
13670 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
13671 symval
= (isym
->st_value
13672 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
13673 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
13674 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym
->st_other
);
13678 unsigned long indx
;
13679 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13681 /* An external symbol. */
13682 indx
= r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13683 h
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[indx
];
13684 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
13686 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
13687 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13688 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
13689 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
13690 regular reloc processing. */
13693 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
13694 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
13695 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
13696 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (!h
->needs_plt
13697 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->other
));
13701 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
13702 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
13703 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
13704 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
13705 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
13706 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
13707 the linker is run. */
13709 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
13710 if (irel
->r_offset
+ 4 > sec
->size
)
13713 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13715 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
13716 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
13718 - (sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
)
13721 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
13722 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
13723 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
13725 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
13727 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
13728 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
13729 out the offset). */
13730 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
&& MATCH (opcode
, lui_insn
))
13732 bfd_boolean bzc
= FALSE
;
13733 unsigned long nextopc
;
13737 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
13739 if (irel
> internal_relocs
13740 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13741 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13744 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
13745 if (irel
+ 1 >= irelend
13746 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[1].r_info
) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13747 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[1].r_info
) != r_symndx
)
13750 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
13751 if (irel
+ 2 >= irelend
13752 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[2].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13753 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[2].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13756 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
13757 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
13758 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
13759 it through if so. */
13760 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 2
13761 && check_br16_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 2)
13762 && !(irel
->r_offset
>= 4
13763 && (bzc
= check_relocated_bzc (abfd
,
13764 ptr
- 4, irel
->r_offset
- 4,
13765 internal_relocs
, irelend
))))
13767 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 4
13769 && check_br32_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 4))
13772 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
);
13774 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
13775 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
13776 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
13777 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
13778 offset
= irel
[1].r_offset
- irel
[0].r_offset
;
13779 switch (offset
- 4)
13784 if (check_br16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
13788 if (check_br32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
13795 nextopc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13797 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
13799 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc
) != reg
)
13802 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
13803 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
13804 pcrval
= ((pcrval
- offset
+ 3) | 3) ^ 3;
13806 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
13807 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval
, 16))
13809 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13810 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
);
13812 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
13813 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
13814 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
13815 nextopc
&= ~0x001f0000;
13816 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (nextopc
>> 16) & 0xffff,
13817 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13820 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
13821 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
13822 the PC-relative distance. */
13823 else if (symval
% 4 == 0
13824 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
+ 4, 25)
13825 && MATCH (nextopc
, addiu_insn
)
13826 && OP32_TREG (nextopc
) == OP32_SREG (nextopc
)
13827 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)))
13829 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13830 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
);
13832 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
13833 nextopc
= (addiupc_insn
.match
13834 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)));
13836 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, nextopc
,
13837 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13840 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
13844 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13845 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MIPS_NONE
);
13847 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
13852 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
13853 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
13854 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
13855 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
13856 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13857 && irel
->r_offset
+ 5 < sec
->size
13858 && ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
13859 || (fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0)
13861 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4),
13862 nop_insn_16
) ? 2 : 0))
13863 || (irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
13864 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
,
13866 nop_insn_32
) ? 4 : 0))))
13870 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
13872 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
13873 opcode
= (bzc_insns_32
[fndopc
].match
13874 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg
)
13875 | (opcode
& 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
13877 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, opcode
, ptr
);
13879 /* Delete the delay slot NOP: two or four bytes from
13880 irel->offset + 4; delcnt has already been set above. */
13884 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
13885 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13887 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13888 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 11)
13889 && find_match (opcode
, b_insns_32
) >= 0)
13891 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13892 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
13894 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13897 | (opcode
& 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
13900 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13905 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
13906 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13908 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13909 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 8)
13910 && (((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
13911 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode
)))
13912 || ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0
13913 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode
)))))
13917 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
13919 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13920 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
13922 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13924 (bz_insns_16
[fndopc
].match
13925 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg
)
13926 | (opcode
& 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
13929 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13934 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
13936 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
13937 && target_is_micromips_code_p
13938 && irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
13939 && MATCH (opcode
, jal_insn_32_bd32
))
13941 unsigned long n32opc
;
13942 bfd_boolean relaxed
= FALSE
;
13944 n32opc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4);
13946 if (MATCH (n32opc
, nop_insn_32
))
13948 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
13949 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, nop_insn_16
.match
, ptr
+ 4);
13953 else if (find_match (n32opc
, move_insns_32
) >= 0)
13955 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
13957 (move_insn_16
.match
13958 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc
))
13959 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc
))),
13964 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
13965 instructions will be handled here later. */
13969 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
13970 with 16-bit delay slot. */
13971 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, jal_insn_32_bd16
.match
, ptr
);
13973 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
13981 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
13982 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
13983 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
13984 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
13986 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
13987 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd
, sec
,
13988 irel
->r_offset
+ deloff
, delcnt
))
13991 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
13992 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
13997 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
13998 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
14000 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
14004 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
14005 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
14009 if (contents
!= NULL
14010 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
14012 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
14016 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
14017 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
14021 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
14022 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
14023 free (internal_relocs
);
14028 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
14029 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
14031 if (contents
!= NULL
14032 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
14034 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
14035 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
14036 free (internal_relocs
);
14041 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
14043 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
14044 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
14046 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
14047 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
14049 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
14053 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
14054 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
14055 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
),
14061 ret
->root
.init_plt_refcount
.plist
= NULL
;
14062 ret
->root
.init_plt_offset
.plist
= NULL
;
14064 return &ret
->root
.root
;
14067 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
14069 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
14070 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
14072 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
14074 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
14077 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14079 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) ret
;
14080 htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
14081 htab
->is_vxworks
= TRUE
;
14086 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
14087 and copy relocs. */
14090 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14092 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
14095 /* A function that the linker calls to select between all or only
14096 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
14099 _bfd_mips_elf_insn32 (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean on
)
14101 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->insn32
= on
;
14104 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
14106 struct mips_mach_extension
14108 unsigned long extension
, base
;
14112 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
14113 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
14115 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] =
14117 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
14118 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
},
14119 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
},
14120 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon
},
14121 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
14122 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
14124 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
14125 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14126 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14127 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14129 /* MIPS V extensions. */
14130 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
14132 /* R10000 extensions. */
14133 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14134 { bfd_mach_mips14000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14135 { bfd_mach_mips16000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14137 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
14138 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
14139 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
14140 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
14141 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
14142 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
14143 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
14145 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
14146 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14147 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14148 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14149 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14150 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14152 /* VR4100 extensions. */
14153 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14154 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14156 /* MIPS III extensions. */
14157 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14158 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14159 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14160 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14161 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14162 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14163 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14164 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14165 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14166 { bfd_mach_mips5900
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14168 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
14169 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
14171 /* MIPS II extensions. */
14172 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14173 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14175 /* MIPS I extensions. */
14176 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
14177 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
14180 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
14183 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
14187 if (extension
== base
)
14190 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32
14191 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, extension
))
14194 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
14195 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, extension
))
14198 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
14199 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
14201 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
14202 if (extension
== base
)
14209 /* Return the BFD mach for each .MIPS.abiflags ISA Extension. */
14211 static unsigned long
14212 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (unsigned int isa_ext
)
14216 case AFL_EXT_3900
: return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
14217 case AFL_EXT_4010
: return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
14218 case AFL_EXT_4100
: return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
14219 case AFL_EXT_4111
: return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
14220 case AFL_EXT_4120
: return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
14221 case AFL_EXT_4650
: return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
14222 case AFL_EXT_5400
: return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
14223 case AFL_EXT_5500
: return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
14224 case AFL_EXT_5900
: return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
14225 case AFL_EXT_10000
: return bfd_mach_mips10000
;
14226 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
14227 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
14228 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
;
14229 case AFL_EXT_SB1
: return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
14230 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
14231 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
;
14232 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
14233 case AFL_EXT_XLR
: return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
14234 default: return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
14238 /* Return the .MIPS.abiflags value representing each ISA Extension. */
14241 bfd_mips_isa_ext (bfd
*abfd
)
14243 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
14245 case bfd_mach_mips3900
: return AFL_EXT_3900
;
14246 case bfd_mach_mips4010
: return AFL_EXT_4010
;
14247 case bfd_mach_mips4100
: return AFL_EXT_4100
;
14248 case bfd_mach_mips4111
: return AFL_EXT_4111
;
14249 case bfd_mach_mips4120
: return AFL_EXT_4120
;
14250 case bfd_mach_mips4650
: return AFL_EXT_4650
;
14251 case bfd_mach_mips5400
: return AFL_EXT_5400
;
14252 case bfd_mach_mips5500
: return AFL_EXT_5500
;
14253 case bfd_mach_mips5900
: return AFL_EXT_5900
;
14254 case bfd_mach_mips10000
: return AFL_EXT_10000
;
14255 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
;
14256 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
;
14257 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
;
14258 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
: return AFL_EXT_SB1
;
14259 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON
;
14260 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
;
14261 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
;
14262 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
;
14263 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
: return AFL_EXT_XLR
;
14268 /* Encode ISA level and revision as a single value. */
14269 #define LEVEL_REV(LEV,REV) ((LEV) << 3 | (REV))
14271 /* Decode a single value into level and revision. */
14272 #define ISA_LEVEL(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) >> 3)
14273 #define ISA_REV(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) & 0x7)
14275 /* Update the isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields of abiflags. */
14278 update_mips_abiflags_isa (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
)
14281 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
14283 case E_MIPS_ARCH_1
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (1, 0); break;
14284 case E_MIPS_ARCH_2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (2, 0); break;
14285 case E_MIPS_ARCH_3
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (3, 0); break;
14286 case E_MIPS_ARCH_4
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (4, 0); break;
14287 case E_MIPS_ARCH_5
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (5, 0); break;
14288 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 1); break;
14289 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 2); break;
14290 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 6); break;
14291 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 1); break;
14292 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 2); break;
14293 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 6); break;
14295 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14296 (_("%B: Unknown architecture %s"),
14297 abfd
, bfd_printable_name (abfd
));
14300 if (new_isa
> LEVEL_REV (abiflags
->isa_level
, abiflags
->isa_rev
))
14302 abiflags
->isa_level
= ISA_LEVEL (new_isa
);
14303 abiflags
->isa_rev
= ISA_REV (new_isa
);
14306 /* Update the isa_ext if ABFD describes a further extension. */
14307 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags
->isa_ext
),
14308 bfd_get_mach (abfd
)))
14309 abiflags
->isa_ext
= bfd_mips_isa_ext (abfd
);
14312 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
14315 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
14317 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
14318 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
14319 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
14320 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
14321 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
14322 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
14323 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
14324 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
);
14327 /* Infer the content of the ABI flags based on the elf header. */
14330 infer_mips_abiflags (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
* abiflags
)
14332 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
14334 memset (abiflags
, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
));
14335 update_mips_abiflags_isa (abfd
, abiflags
);
14337 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
))
14338 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14340 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14342 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14344 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (abfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
14345 abiflags
->fp_abi
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14347 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
14348 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14349 || (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14350 && abiflags
->gpr_size
== AFL_REG_32
))
14351 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14352 else if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14353 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14354 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
14355 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14357 abiflags
->cpr2_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14359 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
14360 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MDMX
;
14361 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
14362 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MIPS16
;
14363 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
14364 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
14366 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
14367 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
14368 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14369 && abiflags
->isa_level
>= 32
14370 && abiflags
->isa_ext
!= AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
)
14371 abiflags
->flags1
|= AFL_FLAGS1_ODDSPREG
;
14374 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
14375 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
14376 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
14379 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14382 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
14383 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
14384 asection
*rtproc_sec
, *abiflags_sec
;
14385 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
14386 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
14387 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
14388 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14389 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
14390 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
14391 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
14396 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14398 static const char * const secname
[] =
14400 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
14401 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
14403 static const int sc
[] =
14405 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
14406 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
14409 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
14411 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
14412 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
14414 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd
, info
))
14417 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
14419 hti
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
14421 htab_traverse (htab
->la25_stubs
, mips_elf_create_la25_stub
, &hti
);
14425 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
14426 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
14428 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14430 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14431 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14432 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
14433 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14434 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
14435 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
14436 && (h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
,
14437 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
14438 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
))
14439 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14440 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14441 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
14443 else if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
14445 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
14447 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
14448 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14450 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
14453 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
14454 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info
);
14458 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
14459 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
14460 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
14464 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
14466 abiflags_sec
= NULL
;
14467 reginfo_sec
= NULL
;
14469 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
14470 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
14471 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14473 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
14475 /* We have found the .MIPS.abiflags section in the output file.
14476 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and remove them.
14477 The data is merged in _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data. */
14478 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14480 asection
*input_section
;
14482 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14484 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14489 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14491 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14492 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14493 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14496 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14497 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
14499 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14500 matters, but someday it might). */
14501 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14506 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
14508 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
14510 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
14511 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14512 the information together. */
14513 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14515 asection
*input_section
;
14517 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
14520 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14522 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14527 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14528 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14530 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14531 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
14534 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
14536 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
14537 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
14538 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
14539 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
14540 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
14542 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
14543 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
14544 finally written out. */
14546 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14547 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14548 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14551 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14552 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
14554 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14555 matters, but someday it might). */
14556 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14561 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
14563 struct extsym_info einfo
;
14566 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
14567 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14568 the information together. */
14569 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
14570 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
14571 symhdr
->vstamp
= 0;
14572 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
14573 symhdr
->cbLine
= 0;
14574 symhdr
->idnMax
= 0;
14575 symhdr
->ipdMax
= 0;
14576 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
14577 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
14578 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
14579 symhdr
->issMax
= 0;
14580 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
14581 symhdr
->ifdMax
= 0;
14583 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
14585 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
14586 debug_info structure. */
14588 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
14589 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
14590 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
14591 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
14592 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
14594 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
14595 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
14596 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
14597 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
14599 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
14600 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
14604 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
14608 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
14609 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
14610 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
14611 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
14613 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
14615 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
14616 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
14619 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
14620 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
14623 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
14624 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
14625 secname
[i
], &esym
))
14629 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14631 asection
*input_section
;
14633 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
14634 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
14638 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14640 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14645 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14646 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14648 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd
))
14650 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
14651 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
14652 want to deal with it. */
14656 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
14657 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
14659 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
14661 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
14662 read in the debugging information and set up an
14663 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
14664 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14668 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
14669 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
14670 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
14673 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
14674 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
14675 the linker global hash table and save the information
14676 for the output external symbols. */
14677 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
14678 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
14679 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
14680 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
14682 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
14683 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
14687 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14689 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
14690 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
14691 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
14692 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
14695 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
14696 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
14697 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14698 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
14703 BFD_ASSERT (ext
.ifd
14704 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
14705 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
14711 /* Free up the information we just read. */
14712 free (input_debug
.line
);
14713 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
14714 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
14715 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
14716 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
14717 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
14718 free (input_debug
.ss
);
14719 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
14720 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
14721 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
14722 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
14724 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14725 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14726 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14729 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && bfd_link_pic (info
))
14731 /* Create .rtproc section. */
14732 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
14733 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
14735 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
14736 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
14738 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
14741 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
14742 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
14746 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
14752 /* Build the external symbol information. */
14755 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
14757 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
14758 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
14759 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
14763 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
14764 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
14766 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14767 matters, but someday it might). */
14768 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14773 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o
->name
, ".gptab."))
14775 const char *subname
;
14778 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
14781 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
14782 information describing how the small data area would
14783 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
14784 not used in executables files. */
14785 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
14787 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14789 asection
*input_section
;
14791 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14793 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14798 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14800 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14801 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14802 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14805 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
14806 currently matters, but someday it might). */
14807 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14809 /* Really remove the section. */
14810 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
14811 --abfd
->section_count
;
14816 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
14817 uninitialized data. */
14818 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
14819 gptab_data_sec
= o
;
14820 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
14824 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14825 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
14826 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
14827 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
14831 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
14832 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
14833 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
14834 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
14835 case we must change the name of the output section. */
14836 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14837 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
14839 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
14840 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
14842 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
14843 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14844 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
14847 /* Set up the first entry. */
14849 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
14850 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
14853 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
14854 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
14856 /* Combine the input sections. */
14857 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14859 asection
*input_section
;
14861 bfd_size_type size
;
14862 unsigned long last
;
14863 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
14865 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14867 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14872 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14873 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14875 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
14876 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
14877 sorted by ascending -G value. */
14878 size
= input_section
->size
;
14880 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14882 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
14884 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
14885 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
14891 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
14892 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
14893 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
14899 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
14901 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
14902 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
14905 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
14907 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
14908 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
14910 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
14916 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
14919 /* We need a new table entry. */
14920 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
14921 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
14922 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
14928 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
14929 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
14931 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
14932 value, since that will be implied by this new
14935 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
14937 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
14939 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
14940 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
14944 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
14945 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
14950 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
14953 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14954 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14955 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14958 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
14960 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
14962 /* Swap out the table. */
14963 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14964 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
14965 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
14971 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
14972 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
14975 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14976 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
14978 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14979 matters, but someday it might). */
14980 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14984 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
14985 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
14988 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
14990 if (abiflags_sec
!= NULL
)
14992 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
14993 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
;
14995 abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
14997 /* Set up the abiflags if no valid input sections were found. */
14998 if (!mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
15000 infer_mips_abiflags (abfd
, abiflags
);
15001 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15003 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (abfd
, abiflags
, &ext
);
15004 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, abiflags_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
15008 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
15010 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
15012 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
15013 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
15017 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
15019 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
15020 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
15022 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
15025 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
15028 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
15030 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
15031 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
15032 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
15036 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
15038 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
15039 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
15040 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
15044 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
15046 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
15047 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
15049 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
15050 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
15051 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
15059 /* Merge object file header flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error
15060 if there are conflicting settings. */
15063 mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
15065 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15066 flagword old_flags
;
15067 flagword new_flags
;
15070 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
15071 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15072 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
15074 /* Check flag compatibility. */
15076 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15077 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15079 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
15080 doesn't seem to matter. */
15081 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
15082 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
15084 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
15085 just be able to ignore this. */
15086 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
15087 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
15089 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
15090 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
15091 new_flags
|= EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
15093 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
15098 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
15099 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
15101 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15102 (_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
15107 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
15108 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
15109 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
15110 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
15112 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
15113 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
15115 /* Compare the ISAs. */
15116 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
15118 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15119 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
15123 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
15125 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
15126 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
15128 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
15129 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
15130 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
15131 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
15132 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
15133 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
15134 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15136 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields. */
15137 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &out_tdata
->abiflags
);
15139 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
15140 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
15141 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
15142 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
15143 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15144 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15148 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
15149 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15150 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15152 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
15153 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
15158 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15159 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15161 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
15162 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
15163 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
15164 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15165 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15167 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
15168 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15169 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15170 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15172 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15173 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15175 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
15176 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
15179 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15180 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15183 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
15184 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
15185 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
15187 int old_micro
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15188 int new_micro
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15189 int old_m16
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15190 int new_m16
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15191 int micro_mis
= old_m16
&& new_micro
;
15192 int m16_mis
= old_micro
&& new_m16
;
15194 if (m16_mis
|| micro_mis
)
15196 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15197 (_("%B: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15199 m16_mis
? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
15200 m16_mis
? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
15204 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15206 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15207 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15210 /* Compare NaN encodings. */
15211 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
))
15213 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15215 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15216 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"),
15217 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15218 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"));
15220 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15221 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15224 /* Compare FP64 state. */
15225 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
))
15227 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15229 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15230 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"),
15231 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15232 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"));
15234 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15235 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15238 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
15239 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
15241 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15242 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules "
15244 ibfd
, (unsigned long) new_flags
,
15245 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
15252 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15253 there are conflicting attributes. */
15255 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
15257 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
15258 obj_attribute
*out_attr
;
15262 abi_fp_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
;
15263 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15264 if (!abi_fp_bfd
&& in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15265 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15267 abi_msa_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
;
15269 && in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15270 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
= ibfd
;
15272 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
)
15274 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
15275 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
15277 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
15279 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
= 1;
15284 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
15285 non-conflicting ones. */
15286 out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15287 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
15291 out_fp
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15292 in_fp
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15293 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].type
= 1;
15294 if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15295 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_fp
;
15296 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15297 && (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15298 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15299 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
15301 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15302 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15304 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15305 && (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15306 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15307 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
15308 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15309 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15310 && in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
15312 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15313 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15315 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15316 && out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
15317 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15318 else if (in_fp
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15320 const char *out_string
, *in_string
;
15322 out_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (out_fp
);
15323 in_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (in_fp
);
15324 /* First warn about cases involving unrecognised ABIs. */
15325 if (!out_string
&& !in_string
)
15327 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15328 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15329 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_fp
, in_fp
);
15330 else if (!out_string
)
15332 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15333 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
15334 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_fp
, in_string
);
15335 else if (!in_string
)
15337 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
15338 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15339 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_string
, in_fp
);
15342 /* If one of the bfds is soft-float, the other must be
15343 hard-float. The exact choice of hard-float ABI isn't
15344 really relevant to the error message. */
15345 if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
15346 out_string
= "-mhard-float";
15347 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
15348 in_string
= "-mhard-float";
15350 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
15351 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_string
, in_string
);
15356 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attributes and merge
15357 non-conflicting ones. */
15358 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15360 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].type
= 1;
15361 if (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15362 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
;
15363 else if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15364 switch (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15366 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
15368 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
15369 "%B uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15370 obfd
, abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
,
15371 "-mmsa", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
15375 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15377 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
15379 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15380 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
15381 obfd
, abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
,
15382 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
, "-mmsa");
15387 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15388 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15389 obfd
, abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
,
15390 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
,
15391 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
15397 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
15398 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
15401 /* Merge object ABI flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15402 there are conflicting settings. */
15405 mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
15407 obj_attribute
*out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15408 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15409 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*in_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
);
15411 /* Update the output abiflags fp_abi using the computed fp_abi. */
15412 out_tdata
->abiflags
.fp_abi
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15414 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
15415 /* Merge abiflags. */
15416 out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
,
15417 in_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
);
15418 out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
,
15419 in_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
);
15420 out_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
,
15421 in_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
);
15422 out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
,
15423 in_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
);
15424 out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
,
15425 in_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
);
15427 out_tdata
->abiflags
.ases
|= in_tdata
->abiflags
.ases
;
15428 out_tdata
->abiflags
.flags1
|= in_tdata
->abiflags
.flags1
;
15433 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
15434 object file when linking. */
15437 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
15439 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
;
15440 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*in_tdata
;
15441 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
15445 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
15446 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
15448 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15449 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15454 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd
) || !is_mips_elf (obfd
))
15457 in_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
);
15458 out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15460 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
15462 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15463 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15468 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections. If not,
15469 then it has no attributes, and its flags may not have been initialized
15470 either, but it cannot actually cause any incompatibility. */
15471 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
15473 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
15474 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
15475 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
15476 not affect compatibility. */
15477 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IS_COMMON
) == 0
15478 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
15479 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
15481 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
15482 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
15483 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
15485 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
15489 if (null_input_bfd
)
15492 /* Populate abiflags using existing information. */
15493 if (in_tdata
->abiflags_valid
)
15495 obj_attribute
*in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15496 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 in_abiflags
;
15497 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
15499 /* Set up the FP ABI attribute from the abiflags if it is not already
15501 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15502 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_tdata
->abiflags
.fp_abi
;
15504 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &abiflags
);
15505 in_abiflags
= in_tdata
->abiflags
;
15507 /* It is not possible to infer the correct ISA revision
15508 for R3 or R5 so drop down to R2 for the checks. */
15509 if (in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 3 || in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 5)
15510 in_abiflags
.isa_rev
= 2;
15512 if (LEVEL_REV (in_abiflags
.isa_level
, in_abiflags
.isa_rev
)
15513 < LEVEL_REV (abiflags
.isa_level
, abiflags
.isa_rev
))
15514 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15515 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ISA between e_flags and "
15516 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15517 if (abiflags
.fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
15518 && in_abiflags
.fp_abi
!= abiflags
.fp_abi
)
15519 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15520 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent FP ABI between .gnu.attributes and "
15521 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15522 if ((in_abiflags
.ases
& abiflags
.ases
) != abiflags
.ases
)
15523 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15524 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ASEs between e_flags and "
15525 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15526 /* The isa_ext is allowed to be an extension of what can be inferred
15528 if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags
.isa_ext
),
15529 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (in_abiflags
.isa_ext
)))
15530 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15531 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ISA extensions between e_flags and "
15532 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15533 if (in_abiflags
.flags2
!= 0)
15534 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15535 (_("%B: warning: Unexpected flag in the flags2 field of "
15536 ".MIPS.abiflags (0x%lx)"), ibfd
,
15537 (unsigned long) in_abiflags
.flags2
);
15541 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &in_tdata
->abiflags
);
15542 in_tdata
->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15545 if (!out_tdata
->abiflags_valid
)
15547 /* Copy input abiflags if output abiflags are not already valid. */
15548 out_tdata
->abiflags
= in_tdata
->abiflags
;
15549 out_tdata
->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15552 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
15554 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
15555 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
15556 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15557 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
15559 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
15560 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
15561 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
),
15562 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
))))
15564 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
15565 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
15568 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev and isa_ext fields. */
15569 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &out_tdata
->abiflags
);
15575 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (ibfd
, obfd
);
15577 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
) && ok
;
15579 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (ibfd
, obfd
) && ok
;
15583 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
15590 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
15593 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
15595 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
15596 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
15598 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
15599 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
15604 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag
)
15608 default: return "";
15609 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
15610 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
15611 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
15612 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
15613 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
15614 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
15615 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
15616 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
15617 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
15618 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
15619 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
15620 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
15622 return "MIPS_MSYM";
15623 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
15624 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
15625 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
15626 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
15627 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
15628 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
15629 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
:
15630 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
15631 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
:
15632 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
15633 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
15634 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
15635 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
15636 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
15637 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
15638 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
15639 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
15640 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
15641 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
15642 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
15643 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
:
15644 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL";
15645 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS
:
15646 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
15647 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO
:
15648 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
15649 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE
:
15650 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
15651 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO
:
15652 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
15653 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC
:
15654 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
15655 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO
:
15656 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
15657 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM
:
15658 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
15659 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO
:
15660 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
15661 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM
:
15662 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
15663 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO
:
15664 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
15665 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS
:
15666 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
15667 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT
:
15668 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
15669 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
15670 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
15671 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX
:
15672 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
15673 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX
:
15674 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
15675 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX
:
15676 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
15677 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX
:
15678 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
15679 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
15680 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
15681 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE
:
15682 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
15683 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN
:
15684 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
15685 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE
:
15686 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
15687 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR
:
15688 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
15689 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX
:
15690 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
15691 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE
:
15692 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
15693 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE
:
15694 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
15695 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC
:
15696 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
15697 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
15698 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
15699 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT
:
15700 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
15704 /* Return the meaning of Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP value FP, or null if
15708 _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (int fp
)
15712 /* These strings aren't translated because they're simply
15714 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
15715 return "-mdouble-float";
15717 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
15718 return "-msingle-float";
15720 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
15721 return "-msoft-float";
15723 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
15724 return _("-mips32r2 -mfp64 (12 callee-saved)");
15726 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
15729 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
15730 return "-mgp32 -mfp64";
15732 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
15733 return "-mgp32 -mfp64 -mno-odd-spreg";
15741 print_mips_ases (FILE *file
, unsigned int mask
)
15743 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSP
)
15744 fputs ("\n\tDSP ASE", file
);
15745 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSPR2
)
15746 fputs ("\n\tDSP R2 ASE", file
);
15747 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSPR3
)
15748 fputs ("\n\tDSP R3 ASE", file
);
15749 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_EVA
)
15750 fputs ("\n\tEnhanced VA Scheme", file
);
15751 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MCU
)
15752 fputs ("\n\tMCU (MicroController) ASE", file
);
15753 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MDMX
)
15754 fputs ("\n\tMDMX ASE", file
);
15755 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS3D
)
15756 fputs ("\n\tMIPS-3D ASE", file
);
15757 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MT
)
15758 fputs ("\n\tMT ASE", file
);
15759 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_SMARTMIPS
)
15760 fputs ("\n\tSmartMIPS ASE", file
);
15761 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_VIRT
)
15762 fputs ("\n\tVZ ASE", file
);
15763 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MSA
)
15764 fputs ("\n\tMSA ASE", file
);
15765 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS16
)
15766 fputs ("\n\tMIPS16 ASE", file
);
15767 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
15768 fputs ("\n\tMICROMIPS ASE", file
);
15769 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_XPA
)
15770 fputs ("\n\tXPA ASE", file
);
15772 fprintf (file
, "\n\t%s", _("None"));
15773 else if ((mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
) != 0)
15774 fprintf (stdout
, "\n\t%s (%x)", _("Unknown"), mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
);
15778 print_mips_isa_ext (FILE *file
, unsigned int isa_ext
)
15783 fputs (_("None"), file
);
15786 fputs ("RMI XLR", file
);
15788 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
:
15789 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon3", file
);
15791 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
:
15792 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon2", file
);
15794 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
:
15795 fputs ("Cavium Networks OcteonP", file
);
15797 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
:
15798 fputs ("Loongson 3A", file
);
15800 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON
:
15801 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon", file
);
15804 fputs ("Toshiba R5900", file
);
15807 fputs ("MIPS R4650", file
);
15810 fputs ("LSI R4010", file
);
15813 fputs ("NEC VR4100", file
);
15816 fputs ("Toshiba R3900", file
);
15818 case AFL_EXT_10000
:
15819 fputs ("MIPS R10000", file
);
15822 fputs ("Broadcom SB-1", file
);
15825 fputs ("NEC VR4111/VR4181", file
);
15828 fputs ("NEC VR4120", file
);
15831 fputs ("NEC VR5400", file
);
15834 fputs ("NEC VR5500", file
);
15836 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
:
15837 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2E", file
);
15839 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
:
15840 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2F", file
);
15843 fprintf (file
, "%s (%d)", _("Unknown"), isa_ext
);
15849 print_mips_fp_abi_value (FILE *file
, int val
)
15853 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
:
15854 fprintf (file
, _("Hard or soft float\n"));
15856 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
15857 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (double precision)\n"));
15859 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
15860 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (single precision)\n"));
15862 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
15863 fprintf (file
, _("Soft float\n"));
15865 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
15866 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (MIPS32r2 64-bit FPU 12 callee-saved)\n"));
15868 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
15869 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, Any FPU)\n"));
15871 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
15872 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15874 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
15875 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float compat (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15878 fprintf (file
, "??? (%d)\n", val
);
15884 get_mips_reg_size (int reg_size
)
15886 return (reg_size
== AFL_REG_NONE
) ? 0
15887 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_32
) ? 32
15888 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_64
) ? 64
15889 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_128
) ? 128
15894 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
15898 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
15900 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
15901 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
15903 /* xgettext:c-format */
15904 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
15906 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
15907 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
15908 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
15909 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
15910 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
15911 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
15912 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
15913 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
15914 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15915 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
15916 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
15917 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
15918 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
15919 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
15921 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
15923 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
15924 fprintf (file
, " [mips1]");
15925 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
15926 fprintf (file
, " [mips2]");
15927 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
15928 fprintf (file
, " [mips3]");
15929 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
15930 fprintf (file
, " [mips4]");
15931 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
15932 fprintf (file
, " [mips5]");
15933 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
15934 fprintf (file
, " [mips32]");
15935 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
15936 fprintf (file
, " [mips64]");
15937 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
15938 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r2]");
15939 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
15940 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r2]");
15941 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
)
15942 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r6]");
15943 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
)
15944 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r6]");
15946 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
15948 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
15949 fprintf (file
, " [mdmx]");
15951 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
15952 fprintf (file
, " [mips16]");
15954 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
15955 fprintf (file
, " [micromips]");
15957 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
)
15958 fprintf (file
, " [nan2008]");
15960 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
)
15961 fprintf (file
, " [old fp64]");
15963 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
15964 fprintf (file
, " [32bitmode]");
15966 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
15968 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
)
15969 fprintf (file
, " [noreorder]");
15971 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
)
15972 fprintf (file
, " [PIC]");
15974 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_CPIC
)
15975 fprintf (file
, " [CPIC]");
15977 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_XGOT
)
15978 fprintf (file
, " [XGOT]");
15980 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_UCODE
)
15981 fprintf (file
, " [UCODE]");
15983 fputc ('\n', file
);
15985 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
15987 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
15988 fprintf (file
, "\nMIPS ABI Flags Version: %d\n", abiflags
->version
);
15989 fprintf (file
, "\nISA: MIPS%d", abiflags
->isa_level
);
15990 if (abiflags
->isa_rev
> 1)
15991 fprintf (file
, "r%d", abiflags
->isa_rev
);
15992 fprintf (file
, "\nGPR size: %d",
15993 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->gpr_size
));
15994 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR1 size: %d",
15995 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr1_size
));
15996 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR2 size: %d",
15997 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr2_size
));
15998 fputs ("\nFP ABI: ", file
);
15999 print_mips_fp_abi_value (file
, abiflags
->fp_abi
);
16000 fputs ("ISA Extension: ", file
);
16001 print_mips_isa_ext (file
, abiflags
->isa_ext
);
16002 fputs ("\nASEs:", file
);
16003 print_mips_ases (file
, abiflags
->ases
);
16004 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 1: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags1
);
16005 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 2: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags2
);
16006 fputc ('\n', file
);
16012 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[] =
16014 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16015 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16016 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
16017 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16018 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16019 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
16020 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
16023 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
16024 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
16025 definiton of the symbol. */
16027 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
16028 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
16029 bfd_boolean definition
,
16030 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16032 if ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
16034 unsigned char other
;
16036 other
= (definition
? isym
->st_other
: h
->other
);
16037 other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
16038 h
->other
= other
| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
16042 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym
->st_other
))
16043 h
->other
|= STO_OPTIONAL
;
16046 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
16047 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
16049 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
16051 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->other
) ? TRUE
: FALSE
;
16055 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
16057 return (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
16058 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
16059 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
);
16062 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
16063 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
16066 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i
, const asection
*plt
,
16067 const arelent
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16070 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
16071 + i
* 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
));
16074 /* Build a table of synthetic symbols to represent the PLT. As with MIPS16
16075 and microMIPS PLT slots we may have a many-to-one mapping between .plt
16076 and .got.plt and also the slots may be of a different size each we walk
16077 the PLT manually fetching instructions and matching them against known
16078 patterns. To make things easier standard MIPS slots, if any, always come
16079 first. As we don't create proper ELF symbols we use the UDATA.I member
16080 of ASYMBOL to carry ISA annotation. The encoding used is the same as
16081 with the ST_OTHER member of the ELF symbol. */
16084 _bfd_mips_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
16085 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
16086 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
16087 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
16090 static const char pltname
[] = "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_";
16091 static const char microsuffix
[] = "@micromipsplt";
16092 static const char m16suffix
[] = "@mips16plt";
16093 static const char mipssuffix
[] = "@plt";
16095 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
16096 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
16097 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
16098 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
16099 bfd_byte
*plt_data
;
16100 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
16101 unsigned int other
;
16102 bfd_vma entry_size
;
16121 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0 || dynsymcount
<= 0)
16124 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
16125 if (relplt
== NULL
)
16128 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
16129 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) || hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
16132 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
16136 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
16137 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
16139 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
16141 /* Calculating the exact amount of space required for symbols would
16142 require two passes over the PLT, so just pessimise assuming two
16143 PLT slots per relocation. */
16144 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
16145 counti
= count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
16146 size
= 2 * count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
16147 size
+= count
* (sizeof (mipssuffix
) +
16148 (micromips_p
? sizeof (microsuffix
) : sizeof (m16suffix
)));
16149 for (pi
= 0; pi
< counti
; pi
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
16150 size
+= 2 * strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
16152 /* Add the size of "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_" too. */
16153 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof (pltname
);
16155 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, plt
, &plt_data
))
16158 if (plt
->size
< 16)
16161 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
16164 send
= s
+ 2 * count
+ 1;
16166 names
= (char *) send
;
16167 nend
= (char *) s
+ size
;
16170 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ 12);
16171 if (opcode
== 0x3302fffe)
16175 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16176 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16178 else if (opcode
== 0x0398c1d0)
16182 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16183 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16187 plt0_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16192 s
->flags
= BSF_SYNTHETIC
| BSF_FUNCTION
| BSF_LOCAL
;
16196 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
16197 memcpy (names
, pltname
, sizeof (pltname
));
16198 names
+= sizeof (pltname
);
16202 for (plt_offset
= plt0_size
;
16203 plt_offset
+ 8 <= plt
->size
&& s
< send
;
16204 plt_offset
+= entry_size
)
16206 bfd_vma gotplt_addr
;
16207 const char *suffix
;
16212 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4);
16214 /* Check if the second word matches the expected MIPS16 instruction. */
16215 if (opcode
== 0x651aeb00)
16219 /* Truncated table??? */
16220 if (plt_offset
+ 16 > plt
->size
)
16222 gotplt_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 12);
16223 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16224 suffixlen
= sizeof (m16suffix
);
16225 suffix
= m16suffix
;
16226 other
= STO_MIPS16
;
16228 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (no insn32 mode). */
16229 else if (opcode
== 0xff220000)
16233 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0x7f;
16234 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16235 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x40) - 0x40) << 18;
16237 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16238 gotplt_addr
+= ((plt
->vma
+ plt_offset
) | 3) ^ 3;
16239 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16240 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16241 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16242 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16244 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (insn32 mode). */
16245 else if ((opcode
& 0xffff0000) == 0xff2f0000)
16247 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16248 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 6) & 0xffff;
16249 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16250 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16251 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16252 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16253 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16254 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16255 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16257 /* Otherwise assume standard MIPS code. */
16260 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0xffff;
16261 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4) & 0xffff;
16262 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16263 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16264 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16265 entry_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
16266 suffixlen
= sizeof (mipssuffix
);
16267 suffix
= mipssuffix
;
16270 /* Truncated table??? */
16271 if (plt_offset
+ entry_size
> plt
->size
)
16275 i
< count
&& p
[pi
].address
!= gotplt_addr
;
16276 i
++, pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
);
16283 *s
= **p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
;
16284 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
16285 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
16286 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
16287 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
16288 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
16290 s
->value
= plt_offset
;
16292 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
16294 len
= strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
16295 namelen
= len
+ suffixlen
;
16296 if (names
+ namelen
> nend
)
16299 memcpy (names
, (*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
16301 memcpy (names
, suffix
, suffixlen
);
16302 names
+= suffixlen
;
16305 pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
;
16315 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
16317 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
16318 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
16320 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
16323 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
16324 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
16326 if (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
16327 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 1;
16330 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (abfd
, link_info
);
16332 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
16333 || mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
16334 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 3;
16336 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
) && !(elf_stack_flags (abfd
) & PF_X
))
16337 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 5;
16341 _bfd_mips_elf_compact_eh_encoding (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16343 return DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
;
16346 /* Return the opcode for can't unwind. */
16349 _bfd_mips_elf_cant_unwind_opcode (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16351 return COMPACT_EH_CANT_UNWIND_OPCODE
;